WO2023138452A1 - Communication method, apparatus, and system - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023138452A1
WO2023138452A1 PCT/CN2023/071715 CN2023071715W WO2023138452A1 WO 2023138452 A1 WO2023138452 A1 WO 2023138452A1 CN 2023071715 W CN2023071715 W CN 2023071715W WO 2023138452 A1 WO2023138452 A1 WO 2023138452A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
information
network
access
mobility management
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/071715
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵鹏涛
李岩
朱方园
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023138452A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023138452A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/08Mobility data transfer
    • H04W8/14Mobility data transfer between corresponding nodes

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, a communication method, device, and system are designed.
  • Integrated access and backhaul (IAB) technology provides a way to solve the above problems.
  • VMR Vehicle mounted relay
  • UE user equipment
  • the present application proposes a mobility management solution for the first device VMR, so as to perform mobility management on the UE more accurately.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a mobility management solution for the first device VMR, so that the network side can more accurately manage the mobility of the UE.
  • a communication method includes: an access and mobility management function network element receives tracking area information of a first device from a first network device; the access and mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship with the first network device; when a second network device serves the first device, the access and mobility management function network element deletes the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship with the first network device.
  • the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access and mobility management function network element stores the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and deletes the previously saved tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device, so that the network side can know in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and the network side will not page the first device and/or the service of the first device
  • the network side instructs the first network device to send the paging message, so that the network side can perform mobility management on the UE more accurately and avoid waste of resources.
  • the access and mobility management function network element connects the first network device and the second network device, and the method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element receives the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device; the access and mobility management function network element stores the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship between the second network device.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the access and mobility management function network element deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device includes: the access and mobility management function network element responding to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device, deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the method further includes: the access and mobility management functional network element receiving first indication information from the first network device; the access and mobility management functional network element deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device, including: the access and mobility management functional network element deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the network element with the access and mobility management function is connected to the first network device, and the method further includes: the network element with the access and mobility management function sends first registration information to the unified database network element, and the first registration information is used to register with the unified database network element the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the method further includes: the access and mobility management functional network element sending first request information to the unified database network element, where the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element sends first query information to the unified database network element, and the first query information is used to query the unified database network element for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the access and mobility management function network element receives first response information sent by the unified database network element, and the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • a communication method includes: an access and mobility management function network element receives tracking area information of a first device from a second network device; the access and mobility management function network element root stores the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship between the second network device; the access and mobility management function network element sends second registration information to a unified database network element, and the second registration information is used to register with the unified database network element The tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device.
  • the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and registers the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device with the unified database network element, so that the network side can know in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and the network side will not page the first device. And/or when the UE is served by the first device, the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • a communication method includes: a network device obtains tracking area information of the first device from a first device; the network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to a connected access and mobility management functional network element.
  • the network device may be the first network device or the second network device.
  • the first network device accesses the first network device, the first network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element connected to it, so that the access and mobility management function network element connected to the first network device saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device; The association relationship with the second network device.
  • the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message when the network side pages the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending first indication information to the connected access and mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to instruct deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • a communication method includes: a unified database network element receives second registration information from a first access and mobility management function network element, and the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device; the unified database network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device according to the second registration information.
  • the unified database network element receives first query information from the second access and mobility management function network element, and the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the unified database network element sends first response information to the second access and mobility management function network element, and the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • the first access and mobility management functional network element may be a VMR AMF network element registered with the VMR
  • the second access and mobility management functional network element may be a UE AMF network element registered with the UE.
  • the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the unified database network element can promptly inform the second access and mobility management function network element of the network device associated with the first device, enabling the network side to know in a timely manner that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message when the network side pages the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, so that the network side can more accurately respond
  • the UE performs mobility management and avoids waste of resources.
  • the method further includes: the unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device; and save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the first registration information.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the method further includes: the unified database network element receiving first request information from the first access and mobility management function network element, where the first request information is used to request deletion of the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • an access and mobility management functional network element including: a receiving unit, configured to receive tracking area information of the first device from a first network device; a processing unit, configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship of the first network device; when the second network device serves the first device, the processing unit deletes the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element is connected to the first network device and the second network device, and the receiving unit is further configured to: receive the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device; the processing unit is further configured to: save an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: respond to receiving first indication information from the first network device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element is connected to the first network device, and the access and mobility management function network element further includes: a sending unit, configured to send first registration information to a unified database network element, and the first registration information is used to register the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device with the unified database network element.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send first request information to the unified database network element, where the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send first query information to the network element of the unified database, where the first query information is used to query the network element of the unified database for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the receiving unit is also used to: receive first response information sent by the network element of the unified database, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • an access and mobility management function network element including: a receiving unit, configured to receive tracking area information of a first device from a second network device; a processing unit, configured to save an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device; a sending unit, configured to send second registration information to a unified database network element, and the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device with the unified database network element.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • a network device including: a receiving unit, configured to obtain the tracking area information of the first device from the first device; a sending unit, configured to send the tracking area information of the first device to a connected access and mobility management functional network element.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send first indication information to the connected access and mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • a unified database network element including: a receiving unit, configured to receive second registration information from a first access and mobility management functional network element, the second registration information being used to register an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device; a processing unit, configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device according to the second registration information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive first query information from the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the sending unit is configured to send first response information to the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: the unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device; the processing unit is further configured to: save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the first registration information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive first request information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the first request information is used to request deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  • the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  • the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  • a ninth aspect provides an access and mobility management functional network element, including: at least one processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the transceiver is used for the access and mobility management functional network element to communicate with other devices.
  • the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, so that the access and mobility management functional network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a network device including: at least one processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the memory is used to store instructions, and the transceiver is used for the network device to communicate with other devices, and the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, so that the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • a unified database network element including: at least one processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the memory is used to store instructions, and the transceiver is used for the unified database network element to communicate with other devices, and the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, so that the unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a chip system including: at least one processor, and the at least one processor is configured to execute stored instructions, so that an access and mobility management function network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a chip system including: at least one processor, and the at least one processor is configured to execute stored instructions, so that the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • a chip system including: at least one processor, and the at least one processor is configured to execute stored instructions, so that a unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a computer storage medium.
  • the computer storage medium stores program instructions.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a computer storage medium stores program instructions.
  • the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • a computer storage medium stores program instructions.
  • the unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes an instruction.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a computer program product, where the computer program product includes instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes an instruction.
  • the instruction When the instruction is executed, the unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a twenty-first aspect provides a system, where the system includes the access and mobility management function network element as described in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect; and/or the network device as described in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect; and/or the unified database network element as described in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a basic 5G system 200 architecture.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an architecture based on a service-based interface.
  • Fig. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a gNB adopting CU-DU separation.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of data transmission performed by a terminal device through two-hop data backhaul (backhaul, BH).
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 adapted to scenario 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 600 adapted to scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method 700 provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method 800 provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method 900 provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of another device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service, GPRS
  • LTE long-term evolution Long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal equipment in this embodiment of the present application may refer to user equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a terminal device in a future 5G network, or a future evolved public land mobile communication
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the terminal devices in the network public land mobile network, PLMN
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (CDMA), or a wideband code division multiple access (WC
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WC wideband code division multiple access
  • the base station (nodeB, NB) in the DMA) system can also be an evolved base station (evolutional nodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network.
  • CRAN cloud radio access network
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic architecture diagram of a basic 5G system 100 .
  • the system 100 includes: PCF, AMF, session management function (session management function, SMF), radio access network (radio access network, RAN), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), data network (data network, DN), user plane function (user plane function, UPF), UE, application function (application function, AF), and/or Unified data storage (unified data repository, UDR).
  • the following functions may also be included in FIG. 1 (not shown in FIG. 1 ): network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF), authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), capability exposure function (network exposure function, NEF), or network storage function (NF repository function, NRF).
  • each network element the main functions of each network element are described as follows:
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of the present application may be: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • a terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • some terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile Internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, industrial control (industrial control) in the wireless terminal, unmanned (self-driving or autopilot) in the wireless terminal, Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, W LL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the wireless access network is an access network that realizes access network functions based on wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless access network can manage wireless resources, provide wireless access or air interface access services for terminals, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between terminals and the core network.
  • the wireless access network may be an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access device may be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, an access device in a 5G network or an access device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc., and may be an access point in a WLAN. point, AP), may be the gNB in the NR system. This embodiment of this application is not limited.
  • Access and mobility management function network elements are mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, functions such as lawful interception, or access authorization (or authentication), and are also used to transfer user policies between UE and PCF. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to implement functions of access and mobility management network elements.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the session management function network element is mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection and management of user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, policy control and termination point of charging function interface, and downlink data notification, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to realize the function of the session management network element.
  • network interconnection protocol internet protocol, IP
  • UPF user plane function
  • the user plane functional network element can be used for packet routing and forwarding, or QoS parameter processing of user plane data, etc.
  • User data can be accessed to a data network (data network, DN) through this network element.
  • DN data network
  • it can be used to implement the functions of the user plane network element. For example, when a session is established on different UPFs, the service experience of the UE will be different. Therefore, the above SMF needs to select an appropriate UPF for the session of the UE.
  • the policy control network element is used to guide the unified policy framework of network behavior, and provide policy rule information, etc. for the control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.). It is mainly responsible for policy control functions such as charging for sessions and service flow levels, QoS bandwidth guarantee, mobility management, and UE policy decision-making.
  • the PCFs connected to the AMF and the SMF correspond to AM PCF (PCF for Access and Mobility Control) and SM PCF (PCF for Session Management), respectively, and may be the same PCF entity or two different PCF entities in the actual deployment scenario.
  • the network capability opening function network element is used to open the service and network capability information provided by the 3GPP network function to the outside (such as the location of the terminal, whether the session is reachable), etc.
  • the application function network element is mainly used to transmit the requirements from the application side to the network side, for example, QoS requirements or user status event subscription.
  • the AF may be a third-party functional entity, or an application service deployed by an operator, such as an IMS voice call service.
  • the application function entity of the third-party application it can also perform authorization processing through NEF when interacting with the core network.
  • the third-party application function directly sends a request message to the NEF, and the NEF judges whether the AF is allowed to send the request message. If the verification is passed, the request message will be forwarded to the corresponding PCF or unified data management (UDM).
  • UDM unified data management
  • the unified data management network element is mainly used for unified data management, and supports authentication and trust status processing in the 3GPP authentication and key agreement mechanism, user identity processing, access authorization, registration and mobility management, subscription management, short message management, etc.
  • the unified data storage network element is mainly used for the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data.
  • the data network refers to a specific data service network accessed by the UE.
  • a typical DN includes the Internet and an IP multimedia subsystem (IP multimedia subsystem, IPMS).
  • IP multimedia subsystem IP multimedia subsystem
  • N7 The interface between PCF and SMF, which is used to deliver PDU session granularity and service data flow granularity control policies.
  • N15 the interface between the PCF and the AMF, used to issue UE policies and access control related policies.
  • N5 The interface between the AF and the PCF, used for delivering application service requests and reporting network events.
  • N4 The interface between SMF and UPF, which is used to transmit information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, and traffic statistics rules for the user plane, as well as the information reporting of the user plane.
  • N11 The interface between the SMF and the AMF, used to transfer the PDU session tunnel information between the RAN and the UPF, the control message sent to the UE, the radio resource control information sent to the RAN, etc.
  • N2 The interface between the AMF and the RAN, used to transfer radio bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
  • N1 The interface between the AMF and the UE, which has nothing to do with access, and is used to deliver QoS control rules to the UE.
  • N8 The interface between AMF and UDM, which is used for AMF to obtain subscription data and authentication data related to access and mobility management from UDM, and for AMF to register UE current mobility management related information with UDM.
  • N10 The interface between SMF and UDM, which is used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register UE current session-related information with UDM.
  • N35 interface between UDM and UDR, used for UDM to obtain user subscription data information from UDR.
  • N36 the interface between PCF and UDR, used for PCF to obtain policy-related subscription data and application data-related information from UDR.
  • N52 The interface between UDM and NEF, which is used for NEF to open network capabilities to third-party application functions.
  • third-party application functions subscribe to UDM through NEF to reachability events of all users in a specific group.
  • NEF also has direct interfaces with AMF and SMF, respectively corresponding to N29 interface and N51 interface (not shown in the figure above for simplification), which are used to open operator network capabilities to third-party application functional entities.
  • the former can be used by NEF to directly subscribe to corresponding network events and update user configuration information from AMF, and the latter can be used to update application configuration data on SMF/UPF, such as the packet flow description (PFD) corresponding to the Application ID.
  • PFD packet flow description
  • the above-mentioned network architecture applied to the embodiment of the present application is only an example of a network architecture described from the perspective of a traditional point-to-point architecture and a service-oriented architecture.
  • the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Any network architecture that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the name of the interface between network elements in FIG. 1 is just an example, and the name of the interface in a specific implementation may be another name, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the name of the message (or signaling) transmitted between the above network elements is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the function of the message itself.
  • the foregoing network element may also be called an entity, device, device, or module, which is not specifically limited in this application. Moreover, in this application, for the sake of easy understanding and description, the description of the network element is omitted in some descriptions.
  • the SMF network element is referred to as SMF.
  • the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • a platform for example, a cloud platform.
  • the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • each component network element is only exemplary, and not all functions of each component network element are required when applied in the embodiment of the present application.
  • each network element such as PCF, AMF, etc.
  • the above-mentioned network elements may also have other names, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • some or all of the above-mentioned network elements may use the terms in 5G, or may be named by other names, etc., which will be described in a unified manner here, and will not be described in detail below.
  • each network element of the control plane function in FIG. 1 can also communicate through a service interface.
  • the service interface provided by AMF can be Namf
  • the service interface provided by SMF can be Nsmf
  • the service interface provided by UDM can be Nudm
  • the service interface provided by AF can be Naf
  • FIG. 1 The above network elements in FIG. 1 are architectures based on reference points, which do not limit this embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture based on the service interface.
  • the structure includes: NSSF, AUSF, UDM, NEF, NRF, PCF, AF, AMF, SMF, UE, RAN, UPF, DN.
  • the service interface provided by NSSF can be Nnssf
  • the service interface provided by NEF can be Nnef
  • the service interface provided by NRF can be Nnrf
  • the service interface provided by AMF can be Namf
  • the service interface provided by SMF can be Nsmf
  • the service interface provided by UDM can be Nudm
  • the service interface provided by AF can be Naf
  • the service interface provided by PCF can be Npcf
  • the service interface provided by CHF can be Nausf
  • the service interface provided by CHF can be Nchf
  • the interface between the control plane function and RAN and UPF is a non-service interface.
  • UE is connected to AMF through N1 interface, UE is connected to RAN through radio resource control (RRC) protocol; RAN is connected to AMF through N2 interface, RAN is connected to UPF through N3 interface; UPF is connected to DN through N6 interface, and UPF is connected to SMF through N4 interface.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • RAN is connected to AMF through N2 interface, RAN is connected to UPF through N3 interface; UPF is connected to DN through N6 interface, and UPF is connected to SMF through N4 interface.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • a 5G network is taken as an example to briefly describe the process of establishing a PDU session connection and PDU session management for a UE.
  • 5G network provides data exchange service for UE and DN network, which is called PDU connection service.
  • the UE obtains the PDU connection service by initiating a PDU session establishment request to the mobile network.
  • the network side provides the PDU connection service by maintaining the PDU session for the UE.
  • UE In order to realize data exchange between UE and DN network, UE needs to use the PDU connection service provided by the mobile network to establish a DNN-based PDU session (signaling plane process).
  • the establishment of a PDU session includes two basic processes: the UE registers with the mobile network to access the network, and the UE requests the network to establish a PDU session. These two processes belong to the signaling plane interaction process between the UE and the mobile network.
  • the general UE registration and network access process can be simply described as: UE sends a registration request to AMF through (R)AN, and AMF obtains subscription data from a specific UDM according to the user ID. After a series of authentication and authorization operations, the network side finally confirms that the UE is allowed to access the network. At this time, the AMF responds to the UE registration request and sends relevant policy information to the UE, and the UE completes network registration and camping. The AMF on the network side maintains the registration information of the UE and performs mobility management on the UE.
  • the UE After the UE completes registration and access to the network, it can initiate a PDU session establishment request to obtain the PDU connection service of the network.
  • the general PDU session establishment process can be simply described as: UE sends a PDU session establishment request to AMF through RAN, AMF selects SMF to provide session service for UE, saves the corresponding relationship between SMF and PDU session, and sends session establishment request to SMF, SMF selects corresponding UPF for UE to establish user plane transmission path, and assigns IP address to it.
  • SMF interacts with UPF through N4 interface, and controls UPF to create, modify, and delete corresponding UE N4 sessions (N4Session/PFCP Session) to realize the control of UPF processing data packets.
  • SMF sends various data packet processing rules to UE N4 sessions in UPF to complete the control of UPF processing data packets.
  • the UPF receives the external data packet, it performs packet matching according to the data packet matching rules delivered by the SMF, and forwards the packets according to the forwarding rules.
  • an access network device eg, gNB
  • gNB may consist of a gNB Centralized Unit (CU) and one or more gNB Distributed Units (DU).
  • CU Centralized Unit
  • DU gNB Distributed Units
  • gNB-CU and gNB-DU are different logical nodes and can be deployed on different physical devices or on the same physical device.
  • the structure of gNB using CU-DU separation is shown in Figure 3.
  • the gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 interface
  • the gNB-CU and the 5G core network are connected through the NG interface
  • the gNB and gNB are connected through the Xn interface.
  • the Xn interface includes an Xn-C interface and an Xn-U interface.
  • the Xn-C interface is used for transmission of control plane signaling between two gNBs
  • the Xn-U interface is used for transmission of user plane data between two gNBs.
  • the interface between gNB and UE is called Uu interface (that is, the interface between UE and gNB-DU).
  • the terminal device accesses the gNB-CU through the gNB-DU.
  • the physical (physics, PHY) layer/media access control (MAC) layer/radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer equivalent to the terminal device is located on the gNB-DU, and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer/radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer/service data adaptation protocol (Service The Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer is located on the gNB-CU.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RRC radio resource control
  • SDAP Service The Data Adaptation Protocol
  • the above-mentioned protocol layers on the gNB-DU and gNB-CU are only one possibility, and there may be other possibilities.
  • the PHY layer/MAC layer equivalent to the terminal device is located on the gNB-DU
  • the PDCP layer/RRC layer/SDAP layer equivalent to the terminal device is located on the gNB-CU
  • the RLC layer equivalent to the terminal device is also located on the gNB-CU.
  • the gNB-DU encapsulates the RRC message generated by the terminal device in the F1 Application Protocol (F1Application Protocol, F1AP) message of the F1 interface and sends it to the gNB-CU.
  • F1Application Protocol Application Protocol
  • the gNB-CU encapsulates the RRC message in the F1AP message and sends it to the gNB-DU, and the gNB-DU extracts the RRC message from the F1AP message and maps it to the signaling radio bearer (Signalling Radio Bearer, SRB) corresponding to the Uu interface and sends it to the terminal device.
  • SRB Signaling Radio Bearer
  • the gNB-DU maps the data packet of the terminal device received from the Data Radio Bearer (DRB) of the Uu interface to the corresponding General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel and sends it to the gNB-CU.
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • GTP General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol
  • the gNB-CU maps the data packet of the terminal device to the corresponding GTP tunnel and sends it to the gNB-DU.
  • the gNB-DU extracts the data packet of the terminal device from the GTP tunnel, and maps the data packet to the DRB corresponding to the Uu interface and sends it to the terminal device.
  • the 5G communication system puts forward more stringent requirements for various performance indicators of the network. For example, the capacity index has been increased by 1000 times, wider coverage requirements, ultra-high reliability and ultra-low latency, etc. Therefore, the Integrated Access And Backhaul (IAB) technology is introduced.
  • IAB Integrated Access And Backhaul
  • a relay node (Relay Node, RN), or also called an IAB node (IAB node), can provide wireless access and wireless backhaul services for user equipment.
  • the service data of the user equipment is connected to the IAB donor node (IAB donor) by the IAB node through a wireless backhaul link, and the IAB donor node (IAB donor) may also be called a donor IAB node (donor IAB) or an IAB donor base station.
  • the IAB donor base station may be a donor next-generation base station (donor gNodeB, DgNB), and in the LTE system (or 4G system), the IAB donor base station may be a donor evolved base station (donor eNodeB, DeNB).
  • the IAB host node can also be referred to as: gNB, eNB or IAB donor.
  • IAB donor can also adopt CU-DU separation architecture, as shown in Figure 4, namely: IAB donor is composed of two parts: IAB donor CU (or can also be called donor CU) and IAB donor DU (or can also be called donor DU), and the interface between IAB donor CU and IAB donor DU is F1 interface.
  • the IAB node may be composed of a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) unit and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU).
  • the IAB-MT can also be called the IAB-UE, which has the function of a terminal device and mainly performs operations similar to the terminal device.
  • the IAB-DU has some functions of the base station, and mainly completes operations similar to the base station.
  • donor DU is similar to that of gNB-DU in NR
  • donor CU is similar to that of gNB-CU in NR.
  • the IAB-DU has a similar function to the gNB-DU in NR, providing access services to nodes connected to it, where the node connected to the IAB-DU can be a terminal device or other IAB nodes.
  • IAB-MT is similar to terminal equipment and is used to provide data backhaul.
  • the IAB node accessed by the terminal device may be called an access IAB node, and the IAB node on the path between the access IAB node and the IAB donor is called an intermediate IAB node.
  • IAB node2 IAB node 2
  • IAB node1 is called an intermediate IAB node.
  • FIG. 5 and Figure 6 are schematic flowcharts of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that during the movement of the first device, the first device switches from the first network device to the second network device, and the following two scenarios may exist. Wherein, FIG. 5 corresponds to Scenario 1 described below, and FIG. 6 corresponds to Scenario 2 described below.
  • Scenario 1 During the movement of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is not replaced, as shown in FIG. 5, that is, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device and the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 UE AMF1, VMR AMF1
  • Scenario 2 During the movement of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced. As shown in FIG. 6, the access and mobility management function network element 1 is replaced with the access and mobility management function network element 2. In other words, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device, and the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) is connected to the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1
  • the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 adapted to scenario 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes at least the following steps.
  • the first network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information of the first device from the first network device.
  • the first network device may be a donor gNB1, or may be a CU located in the first network device (for example, donor gNB1), and the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network device is donor gNB1, and the first device is VMR as an example.
  • the VMR interacts with the OAM to obtain the tracking area information of the VMR.
  • the DU part (or as a DU) in the VMR interacts with the CU of donor gNB 1, and registers the tracking area information of the VMR to the CU of donor gNB 1 through the F1setup process.
  • the CU of donor gNB 1 updates its corresponding tracking area information list .
  • the tracking area information is the specific tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device.
  • S-TAI specific tracking area information
  • the S-TAI can only be allocated to the UE served by the VMR, and when the TAI is allocated to the UE not served by the VMR, the S-TAI will not be allocated. Therefore, the S-TAI is VMR-specific, or called VMR-specific.
  • the S-TAIs corresponding to different VMRs may be the same or different.
  • the S-TAIs corresponding to different VMRs in different regions are the same, but the S-TAIs corresponding to different VMRs in the same region are different.
  • the S-TAI is uniformly used to replace the tracking area information of the first device.
  • the UE served by the first device is a UE in an idle state.
  • the tracking area information S-TAI of the first device may be carried in an update configuration message, or may also be carried in other messages. It should be understood that this embodiment of the present application makes no limitation here.
  • the update configuration message may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the tracking area information is the tracking area information of the first device.
  • the indication information may be VMR specific TA indication information, which is used to indicate that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
  • the indication information may be represented by a shorter field. For example, when the field is 1 bit, when the field is "1", it means that the indication information indicates that the S-TAI is the tracking area information of the VMR; when the field is "0", it means that the indication information indicates that the S-TAI is not the tracking area information of the VMR.
  • the indication information may also be implicit in the tracking area information S-TAI.
  • the TAI of a specific range is used as the S-TAI dedicated to the VMR, that is, when the S-TAI belongs to the TAI of the specific range, it indicates that the S-TAI is the tracking area information of the VMR.
  • the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a terminal device carried on a movable object (for example, a UE on a moving vehicle), and the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a first AMF network element (UE AMF1) registered with the UE, or a second AMF network element (VMR AMF1) registered with the first device.
  • UE AMF1 first AMF network element
  • VMR AMF1 second AMF network element
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device sent by the first network device, that is, after the first network device notifies all the access and mobility management function network elements 1 connected to it that there is a first device and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device within its jurisdiction, the access and mobility management function network element 1 saves the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device may be the association relationship between the S-TAI and gNB1, for example, the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the identification information (RAN ID1) of the first network device (gNB1), or the association relationship between the S-TAI and the CU1 located in the gNB1, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  • the first device switches from the first network device to the second network device, that is, at this time, the serving network device of the first device is changed from the first network device to the second network device, and when the second network device serves the first device, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the first device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • FIG. 5 corresponds to scenario 1 described above, that is, during the movement of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is not replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device and the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 UE AMF1, VMR AMF1
  • the method may further include: S521, the second network device sends the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device from the second network device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 saves the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the second network device may be donor NB2, or CU2 located in the second network device (donor gNB2), and the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second network device is donor gNB2, and the first device is VMR as an example.
  • the VMR interacts with the OAM on the user plane to obtain the tracking area information of the VMR.
  • the DU in the VMR (or as a DU) interacts with the CU of the donor gNB 2, and registers the tracking area information of the VMR to the CU of the donor gNB 2 through the F1setup process.
  • the CU of the donor gNB 2 updates its corresponding tracking area information list ( TAI list).
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 for example, UE AMF1, VMR AMF1
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the S-TAI of the first device from the second network device.
  • the second network device notifies all the access and mobility management function network elements 1 (for example, UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1)
  • the TAI list associated with itself includes tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) stores the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the second network device.
  • association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the second network device may be the association relationship between the S-TAI and gNB2, for example, the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the identification information (RAN ID2) of the second network device (gNB2), or the association relationship between the S-TAI and the CU2 located in the gNB2, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 learns that the serving network device of the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device according to the identifier (such as RAN ID2) contained in the S-TAI received from the second network device.
  • the mobility management function network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device by using the S-TAI as an index.
  • the method may further include: S523, the first network device sends first indication information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device according to the received first indication information, which includes an identifier (such as RAN ID1).
  • S523 may be executed before S521 and S522, or may be executed after S521 and S522. It should be understood that the specific execution order is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • step S523 may be triggered by the handover of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, that is, when the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device, the first network device is triggered to send the first indication information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, indicating to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the mobility management function network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and deletes the previously saved tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device, so that the network side can know in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and the network side does not paging the first device and/or the first device service.
  • the network side instructs the first network device to send the paging message, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 600 adapted to scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes at least the following steps.
  • the first network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information of the first device from the first network device.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • S610-S620 are similar to S510-S520, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
  • the method may further include S621, the access and mobility management function network element 1 sends first registration information to the unified database network element, and correspondingly, the unified database network element receives the first registration information from the access and mobility management function network element 1, and the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device with the unified database.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as VMR AMF1) registered by the first device.
  • the VMR AMF1 is connected to the first network device.
  • the VMR AMF1 sends the first registration information to the network element of the unified database.
  • the first registration information includes the identification information of the first network device (such as donor NB1ID or RAN1ID). Relationships are registered with the consolidated database.
  • FIG. 6 corresponds to scenario 2 described above, that is, during the moving process of the first device switching from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 is replaced with the access and mobility management function network element 2.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device
  • the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) is connected to the second network device.
  • the second network device sends the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 2, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 2 receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device from the second network device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the access and mobility management functional network element 2 saves the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the second network device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the second network device may be donor NB2, or CU2 located in the second network device (donor gNB2), and the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the DU part of the VMR (or as a DU) interacts with the CU of donor gNB 2, and registers the tracking area information of the VMR to the CU of donor gNB 2 through the F1setup process.
  • the CU of donor gNB 2 updates its corresponding tracking area information list (TAI list).
  • TAI list tracking area information list
  • the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device from the second network device, it can be understood
  • the second network device notifies all access and mobility management function network elements 2 (for example, UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) connected to it that its associated TAI list includes the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 2 (UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) saves the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the second network device.
  • the method may further include S641, the access and mobility management function network element 2 sends second registration information to the unified database network element, and correspondingly, the unified database network element receives the second registration information from the access and mobility management function network element 2, and the second registration information is used to register the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the second network device with the unified database.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the access and mobility management function network element 2 may be the access and mobility management function network element 2 (such as VMR AMF2) registered by the first device, and the VMR AMF2 is connected to the second network device, and the VMR AMF2 sends the second registration information to the network element of the unified database. in the consolidated database.
  • VMR AMF2 the access and mobility management function network element 2
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device according to the received first indication information, which includes the identifier of the first network device (such as RAN ID1).
  • S650 may be executed before S630 and S640, or may be executed after S630 and S640. It should be understood that the specific execution sequence is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • step S650 may be triggered by the handover of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, that is, when the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device, the first network device is triggered to send first instruction information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, indicating to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device.
  • the first indication information may further include identification information of the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 such as UE AMF1, VMRAMF1 receives first indication information from the first network device, and the first indication information also includes identification information of the second network device (such as donor NB2 ID or RAN2 ID). That is, the first network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) that the target network device for the handover of the first device is the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element (UE AMF1) registered by the UE will determine the UE AMF2 connected to the second network device to provide services for the UE according to the identification information of the second network device in the received first indication information, and subsequently perform UE context migration between UE AMF1 and UE AMF2.
  • UE AMF1 access and mobility management function network element
  • the method may further include S660, the access and mobility management function network element 1 sends first request information to the unified database, and correspondingly, the unified database receives the first request information, and the first request information is used to request the unified database to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the first network device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a VMR-registered access and mobility management function network element (such as VMR AMF1), the VMR AMF1 is connected to the first network device, and the VMR AMF1 sends the first request information to the unified database, and the unified database deletes the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the received first request information.
  • VMR AMF1 VMR-registered access and mobility management function network element
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • step S650 may be used to trigger step S660.
  • donor NB1 sends first indication information to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1, and the first indication information is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between the first network device and S-TAI.
  • the first indication information may also include VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), and VMR AMF1 judges according to the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) out to serve the VMR, thereby triggering the VMR AMF1 to send a first request message to the unified database, requesting the unified database to delete the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI.
  • step S660 may also be an optional step, that is, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 may not send a request message to the unified database to request deletion of the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI information.
  • S641 may be used to trigger the unified database to delete the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI information.
  • the VMR AMF2 registers the association relationship between the second network device and the S-TAI with the unified database, then the unified database will delete the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI at this time.
  • the method may further include: S670, the access and mobility management function network element 1 sends first query information to the unified database, and correspondingly, the unified database receives the first query information, where the first query information is used to query the unified database for network devices associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a UE registered access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1), UE AMF1 is connected to the first network device, UE AMF1 sends the first query information to the unified database, and the unified database determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device according to the S-TAI carried in the received first query information.
  • UE AMF1 UE registered access and mobility management function network element
  • UE AMF1 is connected to the first network device
  • UE AMF1 sends the first query information to the unified database
  • the unified database determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device according to the S-TAI carried in the received first query information.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • UE AMF1 utilizes the general query service of the unified database, UE AMF1 carries the query target type as gNB (or RAN) in the first query information, and the query index is S-TAI, so that the unified database determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device.
  • gNB or RAN
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • step S670 can be triggered by step S650, that is, after UE AMF1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the received first indication information, it can be judged that the first device corresponding to the tracking area information has left the first network device. At this time, UE AMF1 needs to know the new network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device. Then, UE AMF1 will send the first query information to the unified database to query which new network device is associated with the tracking area information of the first device. one.
  • the unified database sends first response information to the access and mobility management functional network element, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management functional network element receives the first response information, where the first response information includes the identification information of the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a UE-registered access and mobility management function network element (for example, UE AMF1), and UE AMF1 is connected to the first network device.
  • UE AMF1 UE-registered access and mobility management function network element
  • the unified database After the unified database determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device, the unified database sends the first response information to UE AMF1, and the first response information includes the identification information of the second network device (such as donor NB2 ID or RAN2 ID), that is, the unified database informs UE AMF1 that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device.
  • the identification information of the second network device such as donor NB2 ID or RAN2 ID
  • S670 is an optional step, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1) can subscribe to the unified database in advance for the change of the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device.
  • the network device is changed to a second network device.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the mobility management function network element 2 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and the mobility management function network element 1 deletes the previously saved association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device, and obtains the identification information of the second network device from the first network device.
  • the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the first device has been changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message when the network side pages the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
  • a vehicle-mounted relay VMR is used instead of the first device for description.
  • the method 700 mainly corresponds to the first scenario described above, that is, during the movement of the VMR from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the access and mobility management function network element is not replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF, VMR AMF) is connected to donor gNB1 and donor gNB2 .
  • the UE AMF and the VMRAMF can be the same AMF (that is, the interaction between the two AMFs can be realized through internal interaction), or they can be different AMFs.
  • the UE AMF and the VMMR AMF are different AMFs as an example for description below.
  • the method at least includes the following steps.
  • the UE served by the VMR is a UE in an idle state.
  • the VMR registers with the network (CN), and establishes a PDU session.
  • the VMR is registered in the network, and the access and mobility management function network element VMR AMF provides services for the VMR.
  • the VMR establishes a PDU session, so that the VMR communicates with the OAM system through the user plane, and the OAM system returns specific tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR to the VMR through the user.
  • S-TAI specific tracking area information
  • the VMR interacts with the CU in donor gNB1, and the VMR registers the S-TAI to the CU in donor gNB 1 through the F1setup process.
  • CU1 of donor gNB 1 updates the corresponding TAI list.
  • the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the donor gNB1 since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB1, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it.
  • the AMF that has established a connection with the donor gNB1 includes the UE AMF and the VMRAMF. Therefore, it can be understood that the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element.
  • S-TAI of the VMR reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • donor gNB1 can send the S-TAI of VMR to UE AMF network element and VMR AMF network element through configuration update message 1. That is to say, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, where the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
  • Donor gNB1 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB1 (including UE AMF and VMR AMF) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through configuration update message 1 (Ran configuration update1).
  • the configuration update message 1 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information.
  • the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • S-TAI specific tracking area information
  • the network side defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • S-TAI specific tracking area information
  • the tracking area information broadcast by the VMR to the UE it serves is constant, that is, the S-TAI. That is to say, even if the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is fixed.
  • the UE registers in the network through the VMR, and the UE AMF performs access and mobility management on the UE.
  • the UE AMF locates the UE in the area where the S-TAI information is located according to the location information of the UE, and learns that the UE is served by the VMR. At this time, the UE AMF assigns the S-TAI as the TAI List of the UE.
  • the UE AMF knows that the UE is not served by the VMR according to the location information of the UE is not located in the area where the S-TAI information is located, then when the UE AMF allocates a TAI List for the UE not served by the VMR, the TAI List does not include S-TAI.
  • VMR switches from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2.
  • the UE AMF network element and VMR AMF network element are not replaced.
  • the AMF network element connected to donor gNB1 is the same as the AMF network element connected to donor gNB2.
  • donor gNB1 is connected to UE AMF1 and VMRAMF1, and donor gNB1 is also connected to UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1.
  • the VMR registers the S-TAI obtained from the OAM system into the donor gNB2.
  • VMR exchanges information with CU in donor gNB2, and VMR registers S-TAI to CU2 in donor gNB 2 through the F1setup process. At this time, CU2 of donor gNB 2 updates the corresponding TAI list.
  • the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the donor gNB2 since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB2, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it.
  • the AMF that has established a connection with donor gNB1 includes UE AMF and VMR AMF. Therefore, it can be understood that donor gNB2 has sent the S-TAI of VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element.
  • S-TAI of the VMR reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the donor gNB2 can send the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element through the configuration update message 2. That is to say, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, and the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
  • Donor gNB2 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB2 (including UE AMF and VMR AMF) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through the configuration update message 2 (Ran configuration update2).
  • the configuration update message 2 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information.
  • the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • the donor gNB1 sends a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element.
  • the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs (UE AMF network elements and VMR AMF network elements) connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the S-TAI, or it can also be said that the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the association between the S-TAI and the donor gNB1 or CU1 in the donor gNB1.
  • the VMR AMF1 and the UE AMF1 delete the association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, which contains the identifier of the donor gNB1 (eg gNB ID1).
  • the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it that a VMR is left under the jurisdiction of the donor gNB1, and the tracking area information of the VMR is S-TAI. Then it means that all AMFs (UE AMF network elements and VMR AMF network elements) connected to the donor gNB1 will not go to the donor gNB1 for the subsequent processing of the VMR and UE corresponding to the S-TAI.
  • AMFs UE AMF network elements and VMR AMF network elements
  • the VMR AMF and/or the UE AMF network element can accurately locate the donor gNB 2, and when the network paging the UE served by the VMR, the VMR AMF and/or the UE AMF instruct the donor gNB 1 to send a paging message, thereby avoiding waste of resources.
  • step S770 can also be performed after step S740. It can be understood that the VMR in step S740 is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, which can trigger the donor gNB1 in step S770 to send a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element.
  • the configuration update message 3 is used to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence here.
  • this application may also use other messages/information to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information.
  • the configuration update message 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the application does not limit it.
  • the AMF (such as VMR AMF, UE AMF) saves the association relationship between the VMR's S-TAI and the donor gNB1.
  • the AMF (such as VMR AMF, UE AMF) deletes the previously saved association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1.
  • the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the VMR is changed to donor gNB2, and then when the network side needs to page the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, the donor gNB2 associated with the VMR can be accurately located, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs other network devices (such as donor gNB1) to send paging messages when the network side pages the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, so that the network side can more accurately respond to the UE. Carry out mobility management and avoid resource waste.
  • the method 800 mainly corresponds to the second scenario described above, that is, during the moving process of VMR switching from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the donor gNB1, and the access and mobility management function network Elements (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) are connected to donor NB2, where UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1 can be the same AMF, UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2 can be the same AMF (that is, the interaction between the two AMFs can be realized through internal interaction), or they can be different AMFs.
  • the UE AMF and the VMMR AMF are different AMFs as an example for description below.
  • the method at least includes the following steps.
  • the UE served by the VMR is a UE in an idle state.
  • the VMR registers with the network (CN), and establishes a PDU session.
  • the VMR is registered in the network, and the access and mobility management function network element VMR AMF1 provides services for the VMR.
  • the VMR establishes a PDU session, so that the VMR communicates with the OAM system through the user plane, and the OAM system returns specific tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR to the VMR through the user.
  • S-TAI specific tracking area information
  • VMR interacts with CU1 in donor gNB1, and VMR registers S-TAI to CU1 in donor gNB 1 through the F1setup process.
  • CU1 of donor gNB 1 updates the corresponding TAI list.
  • the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the donor gNB1 since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB1, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it.
  • the AMFs that have established a connection with donor gNB1 include UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1. Therefore, it can be understood that donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of VMR to UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element.
  • S-TAI of the VMR reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • donor gNB1 can send the S-TAI of VMR to UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element through configuration update message 1. That is to say, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, where the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
  • Donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to donor gNB1 (including UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through configuration update message 1 (Ran configuration update1).
  • the configuration update message 1 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information.
  • the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • the tracking area information broadcast by the VMR to the UE it serves is constant, that is, the S-TAI. That is to say, even if the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is fixed.
  • the UE registers in the network through the VMR, and the UE AMF1 performs access and mobility management on the VMR.
  • the UE AMF1 locates within the area where the S-TAI information is located according to the location information of the UE, and learns that the UE is served by the VMR. At this time, the UE AMF1 allocates the S-TAI as the TAI List of the UE.
  • UE AMF1 knows that the UE is not served by the VMR according to the location information of the UE is not located in the area where the S-TAI information is located, then when UE AMF1 allocates a TAI List for a UE not served by the VMR, the TAI List does not include S-TAI.
  • the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2.
  • the UE AMF network element and VMR AMF network element are replaced.
  • the AMF network element connected to donor gNB1 is different from the AMF network element connected to donor gNB2.
  • donor gNB1 is connected to UE AMF1 and VMRAMF1
  • donor gNB2 is connected to UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2 .
  • the VMR registers the S-TAI obtained from the OAM system into the donor gNB2. It should be noted that the S850 is similar to the S750, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
  • the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the donor gNB2 since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB2, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it.
  • the AMFs that have established a connection with donor gNB1 include UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2. Therefore, it can be understood that donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element.
  • S-TAI of the VMR reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the donor gNB2 can send the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element through the configuration update message 2. That is to say, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
  • the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, and the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element.
  • the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
  • donor gNB2 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB2 (including UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through a configuration update message 2 (Ran configuration update2).
  • the configuration update message 2 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information.
  • the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • Donor gNB1 sends configuration update message 3 to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1.
  • VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1 receive configuration update message 3 sent by donor gNB1.
  • the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs (UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element) connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the S-TAI, or it can also be said that the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI and the donor gNB1 or CU1 in the donor gNB1.
  • the VMR AMF1 and the UE AMF1 delete the association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, which contains the identifier of the donor gNB1 (eg gNB ID1).
  • the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it that a VMR is left under the jurisdiction of the donor gNB1, and the tracking area information of the VMR is S-TAI. Then it means that all AMFs (UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) connected to donor gNB1 will not go to donor gNB1 for the subsequent processing of the VMR and UE corresponding to the S-TAI.
  • the configuration update message 3 includes the identification information (such as donor gNB2 ID) of the second network device, for example, the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) that the target network device of the VMR handover is donor gNB2.
  • the identification information such as donor gNB2 ID
  • the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) that the target network device of the VMR handover is donor gNB2.
  • step S870 can also be executed after step S840. It can be understood that the VMR in step S840 is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, which can trigger donor gNB1 in step S870 to send a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence here.
  • UE AMF 1 selects UE AMF 2 connected to donor gNB 2 to provide services for the UE according to the identification information of the second network device included in the received configuration update message 3.
  • donor gNB2 interacts with all connected AMF network elements, including UE AMF2 mentioned above, but it should be noted that before S880, it is not determined which specific AMF will replace UE AMF1 to provide services for UE, that is, before S880, it is not determined that UE AMF2 provides services for UE. However, because the UE AMF2 has established a connection with the donor gNB2, the AMF of the S-TAI of the VMR sent by the donor gNB2 in step S860 includes the UE AMF2 subsequently determined for the UE.
  • this application may also use other messages/information to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information.
  • the configuration update message 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the application does not limit it.
  • the UE AMF 1 requests the UE AMF 2 to establish a UE context through the Namf_Communication_Create UE Context service, where the UE context includes indication information that the UE is served by the VMR, specifically, the indication information may be a direct indication identification information.
  • the indication information is set to "1" or "TRUE”, it means that the UE is served by the VMR; if the indication information is set to "0" or “FALSE”, it means that the UE is not served by the VMR.
  • the specific TAI is used as the TAI dedicated to the VMR. It can be understood that when the TAI belongs to a specific S-TAI, it indicates that the S-TAI is the tracking area information of the VMR, that is, the UE is served by the VMR. Then the AMF network element can judge that the UE is served by the VMR according to the S-TAI of the UE.
  • the UE AMF 1 instructs the UE AMF 2 to obtain the UE context from the UE AMF 1 through the Namf_Communication_UE Context Transfer service.
  • the UE context includes indication information that the UE is served by the VMR.
  • the indication information that UE AMF 1 instructs UE AMF 2 to obtain the UE context may also include the identification information of the target AMF (for example, UE AMF 1).
  • the indication information may be direct indication identification information. For example, if the indication information is set to "1" or "TRUE”, it means that the UE is served by the VMR; if the indication information is set to "0" or “FALSE”, it means that the UE is not served by the VMR.
  • step S890 is triggered by step S870, that is, after UE AMF 1 receives the configuration update message 3 in step S870, it recognizes that donor gNB 1 no longer provides services for the VMR corresponding to the S-TAI, and donor gNB2 provides services for the VMR. Since UE AMF 1 and donor gNB2 cannot be connected (perhaps due to load balancing considerations), UE AMF1 selects the target UE AMF, namely UE AMF 2, according to donor gNB2 to provide services for UE. Subsequently, since UE AMF1 deduces that the UE corresponding to the S-TAI has moved out of its service range, UE AMF1 needs to migrate the context of the corresponding UE to UE AMF 2.
  • the UE AMF 2 requests the SMF to update the corresponding SM context.
  • UE AMF 2 requests the corresponding SMF network element to update the SM context of the PDU session according to the PDU session identifier and SMF information in the context information in S890, and the SMF replaces UE AMF 1 with UE AMF2.
  • the UE AMF 2 allocates a temporary number (5G-globally unique temporary identifier, 5G-GUTI) for the UE to identify the user identity globally, initiates a 5G-GUTI update process, and registers with the UDM.
  • 5G-GUTI a temporary number
  • the VMR AMF and the UE AMF1 connected to the donor gNB1 save the association relationship between the VMR's S-TAI and the donor gNB1.
  • VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1 delete the previously saved association between the S-TAI of VMR and donor gNB1, and obtain the identification information (ID) of donor gNB2 from donor gNB1.
  • the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the VMR has been changed to donor gNB2, and then when the network side needs to page the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, it can accurately locate the donor gNB2 associated with the VMR, and when the network side pages the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, the network side instructs other network devices (such as donor gNB1) to send paging messages, so that the network side can more accurately respond The UE performs mobility management and avoids waste of resources.
  • donor gNB1 such as donor gNB1
  • the method 900 mainly corresponds to the second scenario described above, that is, during the moving process of the VMR switching from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the donor gNB1, and the access and mobility management function network Elements (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) are connected to donor NB2, where UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1 can be the same AMF, UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2 can be the same AMF (that is, the interaction between the two AMFs can be realized through internal interaction), or they can be different AMFs.
  • the UE AMF and the VMMR AMF are different AMFs as an example for description below.
  • the method at least includes the following steps.
  • the UE served by the VMR is a UE in an idle state.
  • the VMR registers with the network (CN), and establishes a PDU session.
  • S910 is similar to S810, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
  • donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element receive the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR.
  • VMR ID1 the S-TAI and VMR identification information
  • the donor gNB1 since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB1, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it.
  • the AMF that has established a connection with the donor gNB1 includes UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1. Therefore, it can be understood that the donor gNB1 has sent the S-TAI and VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) of the VMR to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element.
  • VMR ID1 VMR identification information
  • the donor gNB1 can send the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element through the configuration update message 1. That is to say, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1).
  • the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR, VMR indication information, and VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element.
  • the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
  • Donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to donor gNB1 (including UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through configuration update message 1 (Ran configuration update1).
  • the configuration update message 1 may also only include the S-TAI information of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), that is, no VMR indication information.
  • the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • S-TAI specific tracking area information
  • the tracking area information broadcast by the VMR to the UE it serves is constant, that is, the S-TAI. That is to say, even if the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is fixed.
  • the VMR AMF1 registers the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI with the UDR, and correspondingly, the UDR stores the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI.
  • the VMR AMF1 determines that it serves the VMR according to the VMR identification information (such as the VMR ID1) in the S920, so that the VMR AMF 1 registers the association relationship between the donor NB 1 and the S-TAI in the UDR.
  • the registration message includes donor gNB1ID (or RAN1ID) and S-TAI.
  • other AMFs that receive the message in step S920 judge that they do not serve the VMR, and may not need to register the association relationship with the UDR.
  • the above registration message may not include the VMR ID.
  • association relationship may be the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI of the VMR, or the association relationship between the CU1 located in the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI of the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE registers in the network through the VMR, and the UE AMF1 performs access and mobility management on the VMR.
  • the UE AMF1 locates within the area where the S-TAI information is located according to the location information of the UE, and learns that the UE is served by the VMR. At this time, the UE AMF1 allocates the S-TAI as the TAI List of the UE. On the contrary, UE AMF1 learns that the UE is not served by the VMR according to the fact that the location information of the UE is not located within the area where the S-TAI information is located. Then, when UE AMF1 allocates a TAI List for a UE not served by the VMR, the TAI List does not include S-TAI.
  • VMR switches from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2.
  • the VMR registers the S-TAI obtained from the OAM system into the donor gNB2.
  • S940-S960 is similar to S840-S860, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
  • the donor NB2 sends the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element receive the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR.
  • VMR ID1 the S-TAI and VMR identification information
  • the donor gNB2 since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB2, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it.
  • the AMF that has established a connection with the donor gNB2 includes UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2. Therefore, it can be understood that the donor gNB2 has sent the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element.
  • VMR ID1 VMR identification information
  • the donor gNB2 can send the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element through the configuration update message 2. That is to say, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1).
  • the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR, VMR indication information, and VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element.
  • the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
  • Donor gNB2 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB2 (including UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through the configuration update message 2 (Ran configuration update2).
  • the configuration update message 2 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR and the VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1), that is, the VMR indication information is not included.
  • the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • the network side defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
  • S-TAI specific tracking area information
  • the VMR AMF2 registers the association relationship between the donor gNB2 and the S-TAI with the UDR, and correspondingly, the UDR stores the association relationship between the donor gNB2 and the S-TAI.
  • the VMR AMF2 determines that it serves the VMR according to the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) in the S970, so that the VMR AMF 2 registers the association relationship between the donor NB 2 and the S-TAI in the UDR.
  • the registration message includes donor gNB2 ID (or RAN2 ID) and S-TAI.
  • other AMFs that receive the message in step S970 judge that they do not serve the VMR, and do not need to register the association relationship with the UDR.
  • the above registration message may not include VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1).
  • association relationship may be the association relationship between the donor NB2 and the S-TAI of the VMR, or the association relationship between the CU2 located in the donor NB2 and the S-TAI of the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • donor gNB1 sends configuration update message 3 to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1, and correspondingly, VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1 receive configuration update message 3 sent by donor gNB1.
  • the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs (UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element) connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the S-TAI, or it can also be said that the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI and the donor gNB1 or CU1 in the donor gNB1.
  • the VMR AMF1 and the UE AMF1 delete the association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, which contains the identifier of the donor gNB1 (eg gNB ID1).
  • the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it that a VMR is left under the jurisdiction of the donor gNB1, and the tracking area information of the VMR is S-TAI. Then it means that all AMFs (UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) connected to donor gNB1 will not go to donor gNB1 for the subsequent processing of the VMR and UE corresponding to the S-TAI.
  • step S990 can also be executed after step S950, and it can be understood that the VMR in step S950 is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, which can trigger donor gNB1 in step S990 to send a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence here.
  • the VMR AMF1 sends a request message to the UDR, where the request message is used to request the UDR to delete the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI information.
  • the UDR receives the request message, and deletes the association between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information according to the request message.
  • step S990 can be used to trigger step S9100.
  • donor gNB1 sends a configuration update message 3 to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1, and the configuration update message 3 is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information.
  • the configuration update message 3 may include VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), and the VMR AMF1 determines that it serves the VMR according to the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), thereby triggering the VMR AMF1 to send a request message to the UDR, requesting the UDR to delete the association between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI information.
  • this application may also use other messages/information to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information.
  • the configuration update message 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the application does not limit it.
  • step S9100 may also be an optional step, that is, VMR AMF1 may not send a request message to UDR to request UDR to delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information.
  • S980 can be used to trigger UDR to delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information.
  • VMR AMF2 registers the association relationship between donor gNB2 and S-TAI with UDR, then UDR will delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information at this time.
  • UE AMF1 sends a query message to the UDR, where the query message is used to query the network device associated with the S-TAI information.
  • the UDR receives the query message.
  • UE AMF1 sends a query message to UDR, and UDR determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor NB2 according to the S-TAI carried in the received query message.
  • S-TAI tracking area information
  • UE AMF1 utilizes the general query service of UDR
  • UE AMF 1 carries the query target type as gNB (or RAN) in the query message
  • the query index is S-TAI, so that UDR determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor gNB2.
  • step S9110 can be triggered by step S990, that is, after UE AMF1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the VMR and the donor NB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, it can be judged that the VMR corresponding to the S-TAI has left the donor gNB1.
  • UE AMF1 needs to know the new network device associated with the tracking area information of the VMR. Then, UE AMF1 will send a query message to the UDR to query the VMR. Which one is the tracking area information associated with the new network device.
  • the UDR sends a response message to the UE AMF1, and the response message includes the identification information of the second network device (for example, donor NB2 ID), and correspondingly, the UE AMF1 receives the response message sent by the UDR.
  • the second network device for example, donor NB2 ID
  • UE AMF 1 determines that the network device associated with the S-TAI is donor gNB2 according to the received response message, and further selects UE AMF2 connected to donor gNB2 to provide services for the UE.
  • the UDR After the UDR determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor gNB2, the UDR sends a response message to the UE AMF1, and the response message includes the identification information of the donor gNB2 (such as donor gNB2 ID or RAN2 ID), that is, the UDR informs the UE AMF1 that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor gNB2.
  • the identification information of the donor gNB2 such as donor gNB2 ID or RAN2 ID
  • donor gNB2 interacts with all connected AMF network elements, including UE AMF2 mentioned above, but it should be noted that before S9130, no specific AMF is determined to provide services for UE to replace UE AMF1, that is, before S9130, it is not determined that UE AMF2 provides services for UE.
  • S9140, UE AMF1 and UE AMF2 perform context migration. It should be noted that the S9140 is similar to the S890, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
  • step S9140 may be triggered by steps S990 and S9120, that is, after UE AMF 1 receives the configuration update message 3 in step S990, it recognizes that donor gNB 1 no longer provides services for the VMR corresponding to the S-TAI.
  • UE AMF1 determines that donor gNB2 will provide services for VMR at this time. Since UE AMF 1 and donor gNB2 cannot be connected (perhaps due to load balancing considerations), donor gNB2 selects the target UE AMF, that is, UE AMF 2, to provide services for UE. Subsequently, since UE AMF1 deduces that the UE corresponding to the S-TAI has moved out of its service range, UE AMF1 needs to migrate the context of the corresponding UE to UE AMF 2.
  • the UE AMF 2 requests the SMF to update the corresponding SM context.
  • UE AMF 2 requests the corresponding SMF network element to update the SM context of the PDU session according to the PDU session identifier and SMF information in the context information in S9140, and the SMF replaces UE AMF 1 with UE AMF2.
  • UE AMF 2 allocates 5G-GUTI for UE, initiates 5G-GUTI update process, and registers to UDM.
  • the AMF (UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) connected to donor gNB2 registers the association relationship between donor gNB2 and S-TAI with UDR, but the VMR AMF1 connected to donor gNB1 requests UDR to delete the saved relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI Then the UE AMF1 connected to donor gNB1 will learn from UDR that the donor gNB2 is associated with S-TAI.
  • the network side can be informed in a timely manner that the network device associated with the S-TAI of the VMR has been changed to donor gNB2, and then when the network side needs to page the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, it can accurately locate the donor gNB2 associated with the VMR, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs other network devices (such as donor gNB1) to send paging messages when the network side pages the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR.
  • the side performs mobility management on the UE more accurately, and avoids waste of resources.
  • each device or network element may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of the corresponding device or network element.
  • each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function in order to realize the above functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the function modules of the sending end device or the receiving end device according to the above method example, for example, each function module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. In the following, the description will be made by taking the division of each functional module corresponding to each function as an example.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an access and mobility management functional network element 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the access and mobility management functional network element 1000 includes a receiving unit 1010 , a processing unit 1020 and a sending unit 1030 .
  • the receiving unit 1010 is configured to receive the tracking area information of the first device from the first network device; the processing unit 1020 is configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device; when the second network device serves the first device, the processing unit 1020 deletes the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device.
  • the access and mobility management functional network element is connected to the first network device and the second network device, and the receiving unit 1010 is further configured to: receive the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device; the processing unit 1020 is further configured to: store the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship between the second network device.
  • the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device.
  • the receiving unit 1010 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the first network device; the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element is connected to the first network device, and the access and mobility management function network element further includes: a sending unit 1030, configured to send first registration information to a unified database network element, where the first registration information is used to register with the unified database network element the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • a sending unit 1030 configured to send first registration information to a unified database network element, where the first registration information is used to register with the unified database network element the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the sending unit 1030 is further configured to: send first request information to the unified database network element, where the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • the sending unit 1030 is further configured to: send first query information to the unified database network element, where the first query information is used to query the unified database network element for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the receiving unit is also configured to: receive first response information sent by the unified database network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • Fig. 11 shows a schematic block diagram of an access and mobility management functional network element 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the access and mobility management functional network element 1100 includes a receiving unit 1110 , a processing unit 1120 , and a sending unit 1130 .
  • the receiving unit 1110 is configured to receive the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device;
  • the processing unit 1120 is configured to store the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device;
  • the sending unit 1130 is configured to send second registration information to a unified database network element, and the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device with the unified database network element.
  • Fig. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of a network device 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the network device 1200 includes a receiving unit 1210 and a sending unit 1220 .
  • the receiving unit 1210 is configured to obtain the tracking area information of the first device from the first device; the sending unit 1220 is configured to send the tracking area information of the first device to a connected access and mobility management functional network element.
  • the sending unit 1220 is further configured to: send first indication information to the connected access and mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device.
  • Fig. 13 shows a schematic block diagram of a unified database network element 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the unified database network element 1300 includes a receiving unit 1310 , a processing unit 1320 , and a sending unit 1330 .
  • the receiving unit 1310 is configured to receive second registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device; the processing unit 1320 is configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device according to the second registration information.
  • the receiving unit 1310 is further configured to receive first query information from the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the sending unit 1330 is configured to send first response information to the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  • the receiving unit 1310 is further configured to: the unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device; the processing unit 1320 is further configured to: save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the first registration information.
  • the receiving unit 1310 is further configured to: receive first request information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the first request information is used to request deletion of the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  • each unit in the communication device can be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separate processing element, or can be integrated into a certain chip of the communication device, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, and the function of the module can be called and executed by a certain processing element of the communication device.
  • all or part of these units can be integrated together, or implemented independently.
  • the processing element mentioned here may also be a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
  • the unit in any communication device or network element can be configured to be configured to implement one or more integrated circuits that implement the above methods, such as: one or more specific integrated circuits (Application SPECIFICIFIC Integrated Circuit, ASIC), or one or more microprocessors (Digital Singna) l Processor, DSP), or one or more on -site programming door array (FPGA), or at least two combinations of these integrated circuits.
  • ASIC Application SPECIFICIFIC Integrated Circuit
  • DSP Digital Singna) l Processor
  • FPGA on -site programming door array
  • the unit in the communication device or network element can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the communication device includes: a processor 1410 and an interface 1430 , and the processor 1410 is coupled to the interface 1430 .
  • the interface 1430 is used to communicate with other devices.
  • Interface 1430 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
  • Interface 1430 may be, for example, an interface circuit.
  • the communication device further includes a memory 1420 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1410 or storing input data required by the processor 1410 to execute the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1410 executes the instructions.
  • the method performed by the access and mobility management function network element, the network device, and the unified database network element in the above embodiments may be implemented by the processor 1410 calling a program stored in a memory (which may be the memory 1220 in the access and mobility management function network element, network device, and unified database network element, or may be an external memory). That is, the access and mobility management function network element, network device, and unified database network element may include a processor 1410, and the processor 1410 executes the method performed by the access and mobility management function network element, network device, and unified database network element in the above method embodiments by calling a program in the memory.
  • the processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities, such as a CPU.
  • Access and mobility management functional network elements, network devices, and unified database network elements can be realized by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or one or more microprocessors DSP, or one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementation manners may be combined.
  • each unit in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 can be implemented by calling the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 1420 by the processor 1410 in the communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing unit in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 can be realized by the processor 1410 in the communication device 1400 shown in FIG.
  • the processing unit in the above device includes a processor, the processor is coupled with the memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory, so that the methods in the above method embodiments are executed.
  • each unit in the device can all be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit may be an independently established processing element, or may be integrated into a certain chip of the device.
  • it may also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, and the function of the unit may be invoked and executed by a certain processing element of the device.
  • the processing element may also be referred to as a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • a processor which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the above-mentioned access and mobility management function network element, network equipment, and unified database network element.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program codes, where the computer program includes instructions for executing the communication method in the embodiment of the present application among the above methods.
  • the readable medium may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the access and mobility management function network element, the network device, and the unified database network element perform operations corresponding to the access and mobility management function network element, the network device, and the unified database network element.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip.
  • the system chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication device executes any communication method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit may also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the above places may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for program execution for controlling the transmission method of the above feedback information.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively arranged on different physical devices, and connected by wire or wirelessly to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to realize various functions in the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the processing unit and the memory can also be coupled to the same device.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory may be ROM, programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be RAM, which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or the part that contributes to the prior art or a part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application is a communication method. The method comprises: an access and mobility management function network element receives, from a first network device, tracking area information of a first device; the access and mobility management function network element stores an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device; and when a second network device serves the first device, the access and mobility management function network element deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device, wherein the first device may be a vehicle mounted relay (VMR). Therefore, according to the technical solution of the present application, a mobility management solution to the first device VMR is provided, so as to more accurately perform mobility management on a UE.

Description

通信方法、装置及系统Communication method, device and system
本申请要求于2022年01月19日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210057946.6、申请名称为“通信方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210057946.6 and the application name "Communication Method, Device and System" submitted to the China Patent Office on January 19, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,设计一种通信方法、装置及系统。The embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, a communication method, device, and system are designed.
背景技术Background technique
为满足第五代(the 5th generation,5G)移动通信系统的超高容量需求,高频小站组网成为主流。高频载波传播特性较差,受遮挡衰减严重,覆盖范围不广,故而需要大量、密集部署小站。相应地,为这些大量密集部署的小站提供光纤回传的代价很高,施工难度大,因此需要经济便捷的回传方案。另外,从广覆盖需求的角度出发,在一些偏远地区提供网络覆盖,光纤的部署难度大,成本高,也需要设计灵活便利的接入和回传方案。接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)技术为解决上述问题提供了思路。In order to meet the ultra-high capacity requirements of the 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, high-frequency small cell networking has become the mainstream. The propagation characteristics of high-frequency carriers are poor, the attenuation is serious due to occlusion, and the coverage area is not wide, so a large number of densely deployed small stations are required. Correspondingly, the cost of providing optical fiber backhaul for these densely deployed small cells is high, and the construction is difficult. Therefore, an economical and convenient backhaul solution is required. In addition, from the perspective of wide coverage requirements, it is difficult and costly to deploy optical fibers to provide network coverage in some remote areas, and it is also necessary to design flexible and convenient access and backhaul solutions. Integrated access and backhaul (IAB) technology provides a way to solve the above problems.
车载中继(vehicle mounted relay,VMR)支持无线中继相关功能,跟现有IAB机制相比,VMR具有移动性,而现有的IAB节点为地面上固定不动的中继,所以本申请中的VMR也可以理解为移动的(mobile)IAB节点。在VMR的移动场景下,,网络侧可能会出现无法获得用户设备(user equipment,UE)与基站的对应关系的情况,即,网络侧无法更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。Vehicle mounted relay (VMR) supports wireless relay-related functions. Compared with the existing IAB mechanism, VMR has mobility, and the existing IAB nodes are fixed relays on the ground, so the VMR in this application can also be understood as a mobile (mobile) IAB node. In the mobility scenario of VMR, the network side may not be able to obtain the corresponding relationship between the user equipment (user equipment, UE) and the base station, that is, the network side cannot perform mobility management on the UE more accurately.
基于此,本申请提出了一种针对第一设备VMR的移动性管理方案,以便于更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。Based on this, the present application proposes a mobility management solution for the first device VMR, so as to perform mobility management on the UE more accurately.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提出了一种针对第一设备VMR的移动性管理方案,以便于网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。The embodiment of the present application proposes a mobility management solution for the first device VMR, so that the network side can more accurately manage the mobility of the UE.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:接入和移动性管理功能网元从第一网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该接入和移动性管理功能网元保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系;在第二网络设备服务于该第一设备的情况下,该接入和移动性管理功能网元删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method includes: an access and mobility management function network element receives tracking area information of a first device from a first network device; the access and mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship with the first network device; when a second network device serves the first device, the access and mobility management function network element deletes the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship with the first network device.
应理解,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是VMR服务的UE,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
基于上述技术方案,当第一设备接入第一网络设备时,接入和移动性管理功能网元保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。当在第一设备从第一网络设备切 换至第二网络设备时,移动管理功能网元保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系,并删除之前保存的第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备从第一设备变更为第二网络设备,进而当网络侧需要寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,能够准确定位到第二网络设备,不会出现网络侧寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,网络侧指示第一网络设备发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。Based on the above technical solution, when the first device accesses the first network device, the access and mobility management function network element stores the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device. When the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device, the mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and deletes the previously saved tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device, so that the network side can know in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and the network side will not page the first device and/or the service of the first device When the UE is connected to the UE, the network side instructs the first network device to send the paging message, so that the network side can perform mobility management on the UE more accurately and avoid waste of resources.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元连接该第一网络设备和该第二网络设备,该方法还包括:该接入和移动性管理功能网元从第二网络设备接收该第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该接入和移动性管理功能网元保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the access and mobility management function network element connects the first network device and the second network device, and the method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element receives the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device; the access and mobility management function network element stores the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship between the second network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系,包括:该接入和移动性管理功能网元响应于从第二网络设备接收的该第一设备的跟踪区域信息,删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the access and mobility management function network element deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device includes: the access and mobility management function network element responding to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device, deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入和移动性管理功能网元从该第一网络设备接收第一指示信息;该接入和移动性管理功能网元删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系,包括:该接入和移动性管理功能网元根据该第一指示信息删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access and mobility management functional network element receiving first indication information from the first network device; the access and mobility management functional network element deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device, including: the access and mobility management functional network element deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元连接该第一网络设备,该方法还包括:该接入和移动性管理功能网元向统一数据库网元发送第一注册信息,该第一注册信息用于向该统一数据库网元注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the network element with the access and mobility management function is connected to the first network device, and the method further includes: the network element with the access and mobility management function sends first registration information to the unified database network element, and the first registration information is used to register with the unified database network element the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入和移动性管理功能网元向该统一数据库网元发送第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求该统一数据库网元删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access and mobility management functional network element sending first request information to the unified database network element, where the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入和移动性管理功能网元向该统一数据库网元发送第一查询信息,该第一查询信息用于向该统一数据库网元查询该第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;该接入和移动性管理功能网元接收该 统一数据库网元发送的第一响应信息,该第一响应信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element sends first query information to the unified database network element, and the first query information is used to query the unified database network element for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the access and mobility management function network element receives first response information sent by the unified database network element, and the first response information includes identification information of the second network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:接入和移动性管理功能网元从第二网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该接入和移动性管理功能网元根保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系;该接入和移动性管理功能网元向统一数据库网元发送第二注册信息,该第二注册信息用于向该统一数据库网元注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method includes: an access and mobility management function network element receives tracking area information of a first device from a second network device; the access and mobility management function network element root stores the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship between the second network device; the access and mobility management function network element sends second registration information to a unified database network element, and the second registration information is used to register with the unified database network element The tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device.
应理解,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是VMR服务的UE,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
基于上述技术方案,当在第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备时,移动管理功能网元保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系,并向统一数据库网元注册上述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备从第一设备变更为第二网络设备,进而当网络侧需要寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,能够准确定位到第二网络设备,不会出现网络侧寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,网络侧指示第一网络设备发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。Based on the above technical solution, when the first device is switched from the first network device to the second network device, the mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and registers the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device with the unified database network element, so that the network side can know in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and the network side will not page the first device. And/or when the UE is served by the first device, the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:网络设备从第一设备获得该第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该网络设备向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送该第一设备的跟踪区域信息。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method includes: a network device obtains tracking area information of the first device from a first device; the network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to a connected access and mobility management functional network element.
需要说明,网络设备可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第二网络设备。当第一设备接入第一网络设备时,第一网络设备向与之相连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一设备的跟踪区域信息,从而与第一网络设备相连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系;当第一设备接入第二网络设备时,第二网络设备向与之相连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一设备的跟踪区域信息,从而与第二网络设备相连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系。It should be noted that the network device may be the first network device or the second network device. When the first device accesses the first network device, the first network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element connected to it, so that the access and mobility management function network element connected to the first network device saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device; The association relationship with the second network device.
应理解,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是VMR服务的UE,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备从第一设备变更为第二网络设备,进而当网络侧需要寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,能够准确定位到第二网络设备,不会出现网络侧寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,网络侧指示第一网络设备发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行 移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message when the network side pages the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the method further includes: the network device sending first indication information to the connected access and mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to instruct deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:统一数据库网元从第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第二注册信息,该第二注册信息用于注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系;该统一数据库网元根据该第二注册信息保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系。该统一数据库网元从第二接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一查询信息,该第一查询信息用于查询该第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;该统一数据库网元向该第二接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一响应信息,该第一响应信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method includes: a unified database network element receives second registration information from a first access and mobility management function network element, and the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device; the unified database network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device according to the second registration information. The unified database network element receives first query information from the second access and mobility management function network element, and the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the unified database network element sends first response information to the second access and mobility management function network element, and the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
需要说明,第一接入和移动性管理功能网元可以是VMR注册的VMR AMF网元,第二接入和移动性管理功能网元可以是UE注册的UE AMF网元。It should be noted that the first access and mobility management functional network element may be a VMR AMF network element registered with the VMR, and the second access and mobility management functional network element may be a UE AMF network element registered with the UE.
应理解,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是VMR服务的UE,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
基于上述技术方案,统一数据库网元能够及时告知第二接入和移动性管理功能网元与第一设备相关联的网络设备,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备从第一设备变更为第二网络设备,进而当网络侧需要寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,能够准确定位到第二网络设备,不会出现网络侧寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,网络侧指示第一网络设备发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。Based on the above technical solution, the unified database network element can promptly inform the second access and mobility management function network element of the network device associated with the first device, enabling the network side to know in a timely manner that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message when the network side pages the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, so that the network side can more accurately respond The UE performs mobility management and avoids waste of resources.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该统一数据库网元从该第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一注册信息,该第一注册信息用于注册第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系;根据该第一注册信息保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device; and save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the first registration information. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该统一数据库网元接收从该第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。基于上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the unified database network element receiving first request information from the first access and mobility management function network element, where the first request information is used to request deletion of the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device. Based on the above technical solution, the network side can be made to know the network device associated with the first device in time, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第五方面,提供了一种接入和移动性管理功能网元,包括:接收单元,用于从第一网 络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;处理单元,用于保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系;在第二网络设备服务于该第一设备的情况下,该处理单元删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a fifth aspect, an access and mobility management functional network element is provided, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive tracking area information of the first device from a first network device; a processing unit, configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship of the first network device; when the second network device serves the first device, the processing unit deletes the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元连接该第一网络设备和该第二网络设备,该接收单元还用于:从第二网络设备接收该第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该处理单元还用于:保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the access and mobility management functional network element is connected to the first network device and the second network device, and the receiving unit is further configured to: receive the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device; the processing unit is further configured to: save an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元具体用于:根据从第二网络设备接收的该第一设备的跟踪区域信息,删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:响应于从该第一网络设备接收第一指示信息;该处理单元具体用于:根据该第一指示信息删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: respond to receiving first indication information from the first network device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元连接该第一网络设备,该接入和移动性管理功能网元还包括:发送单元,用于向统一数据库网元发送第一注册信息,该第一注册信息用于向该统一数据库网元注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the access and mobility management function network element is connected to the first network device, and the access and mobility management function network element further includes: a sending unit, configured to send first registration information to a unified database network element, and the first registration information is used to register the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device with the unified database network element.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:向该统一数据库网元发送第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求该统一数据库网元删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send first request information to the unified database network element, where the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:向该统一数据库网元发送第一查询信息,该第一查询信息用于向该统一数据库网元查询该第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;该接收单元还用于:接收该统一数据库网元发送的第一响应信息,该第一响应信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send first query information to the network element of the unified database, where the first query information is used to query the network element of the unified database for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the receiving unit is also used to: receive first response information sent by the network element of the unified database, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第六方面,提供了一种接入和移动性管理功能网元,包括:接收单元,用于从第二网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;处理单元,用于保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系;发送单元,用于向统一数据库网元发送第二注册信息,该第二注册信息用于向该统一数据库网元注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系。According to a sixth aspect, an access and mobility management function network element is provided, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive tracking area information of a first device from a second network device; a processing unit, configured to save an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device; a sending unit, configured to send second registration information to a unified database network element, and the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device with the unified database network element.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第七方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括:接收单元,用于从第一设备获得该第一设备的跟踪区域信息;发送单元,用于向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送该第一设备的 跟踪区域信息。In a seventh aspect, a network device is provided, including: a receiving unit, configured to obtain the tracking area information of the first device from the first device; a sending unit, configured to send the tracking area information of the first device to a connected access and mobility management functional network element.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send first indication information to the connected access and mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第八方面,提供了一种统一数据库网元,包括:接收单元,用于从第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第二注册信息,该第二注册信息用于注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系;处理单元,用于根据该第二注册信息保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系。该接收单元还用于,从第二接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一查询信息,该第一查询信息用于查询该第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;发送单元,用于向该第二接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一响应信息,该第一响应信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。In an eighth aspect, a unified database network element is provided, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive second registration information from a first access and mobility management functional network element, the second registration information being used to register an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device; a processing unit, configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device according to the second registration information. The receiving unit is further configured to receive first query information from the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the sending unit is configured to send first response information to the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:该统一数据库网元从该第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一注册信息,该第一注册信息用于注册第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系;该处理单元还用于:根据该第一注册信息保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: the unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device; the processing unit is further configured to: save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the first registration information.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收从该第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive first request information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the first request information is used to request deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first device includes a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随该第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
第九方面,提供了一种接入和移动性管理功能网元,包括:至少一个处理器、存储器和收发器,该存储器用于存储指令,该收发器用于该接入和移动性管理功能网元和其他设备通信,该存储的指令被该至少一个处理器直接或间接的执行,使得该接入和移动性管理功能网元可以执行第一方面、第二方面或第一方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。A ninth aspect provides an access and mobility management functional network element, including: at least one processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory is used to store instructions, and the transceiver is used for the access and mobility management functional network element to communicate with other devices. The stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, so that the access and mobility management functional network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括:至少一个处理器、存储器和收发器,该存储器用于存储指令,该收发器用于该网络设备和其他设备通信,该存储的指令被该至少一个处理器直接或间接的执行,使得该网络设备可以执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a network device is provided, including: at least one processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the memory is used to store instructions, and the transceiver is used for the network device to communicate with other devices, and the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, so that the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种统一数据库网元,包括:至少一个处理器、存储器和收发器,该存储器用于存储指令,该收发器用于该统一数据库网元和其他设备通信,该存储的指令被该至少一个处理器直接或间接的执行,使得该统一数据库网元可以执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a unified database network element is provided, including: at least one processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the memory is used to store instructions, and the transceiver is used for the unified database network element to communicate with other devices, and the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, so that the unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器用于执行存储的指令,使得接入和移动性管理功能网元可以执行第一方面、第二方面或第一方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a chip system is provided, including: at least one processor, and the at least one processor is configured to execute stored instructions, so that an access and mobility management function network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器用于执行存储的指令,使得网络设备可以执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, including: at least one processor, and the at least one processor is configured to execute stored instructions, so that the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器用于执行存储的指令,使得统一数据库网元可以执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, including: at least one processor, and the at least one processor is configured to execute stored instructions, so that a unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质存储有程序指令,当该指令被执行时,使得接入和移动性管理功能网元可以执行第一方面、第二方面或第一方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。A fifteenth aspect provides a computer storage medium. The computer storage medium stores program instructions. When the instructions are executed, the access and mobility management functional network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质存储有程序指令,当该指令被执行时,使得网络设备可以执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, and the computer storage medium stores program instructions. When the instructions are executed, the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
第十七方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质存储有程序指令,当该指令被执行时,使得统一数据库网元可以执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided. The computer storage medium stores program instructions. When the instructions are executed, the unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
第十八方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,使得接入和移动性管理功能网元可以执行第一方面、第二方面或第一方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes an instruction. When the instruction is executed, the access and mobility management functional network element can execute the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect.
第十九面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,使得网络设备可以执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。A nineteenth aspect provides a computer program product, where the computer program product includes instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the network device can execute the method in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect.
第二十方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,使得用统一数据库网元可以执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可选的实现方式中的方法。In a twentieth aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes an instruction. When the instruction is executed, the unified database network element can execute the method in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
第二十一方面,提供了一种系统,该系统包括如第一方面、第二方面或第一方面的任一可选的实现方式中所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元;和/或如第三方面或第三方面的任一可选的实现方式中所述的网络设备;和/或如第四方面或第四方面的任一可选的实现方式中所述的统一数据库网元。A twenty-first aspect provides a system, where the system includes the access and mobility management function network element as described in the first aspect, the second aspect, or any optional implementation manner of the first aspect; and/or the network device as described in the third aspect or any optional implementation manner of the third aspect; and/or the unified database network element as described in the fourth aspect or any optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出了一个基本的5G系统200的架构示意图。FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a basic 5G system 200 architecture.
图2示出了基于服务化接口的架构示意图。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an architecture based on a service-based interface.
图3示出了gNB采用CU-DU分离的结构示意图。Fig. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a gNB adopting CU-DU separation.
图4示出了终端设备通过两跳数据回传(backhaul,BH)进行数据传输的示意图。FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of data transmission performed by a terminal device through two-hop data backhaul (backhaul, BH).
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的一种适应于场景一的通信方法500的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 adapted to scenario 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种适应于场景二的通信方法600的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 600 adapted to scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了本申请又一实施例提供的一种通信方法700的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method 700 provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了本申请又一实施例提供的一种通信方法800的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method 800 provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图9示出了本申请又一实施例提供的一种通信方法900的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method 900 provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一个装置示意框图。Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一个装置示意图。Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的又一个装置示意图。Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一个装置示意图。Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of another device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的装置示意结构图。Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long-term evolution Long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system , the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in this embodiment of the present application may refer to user equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a terminal device in a future 5G network, or a future evolved public land mobile communication The terminal devices in the network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(nodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (CDMA), or a wideband code division multiple access (WC The base station (nodeB, NB) in the DMA) system can also be an evolved base station (evolutional nodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network. Limited.
图1示出了一个基本的5G系统100的架构示意图。如图1所示,系统100包括:PCF、AMF、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)、数据网络(data network,DN)、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)、UE、应用功能(application function,AF)、和/或统一数据存储(unified data repository,UDR)。可选地,图1中还可以包括以下功能(图1中未示出):网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)、认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)、能力开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)、或网络存储功能(NF repository function,NRF)。FIG. 1 shows a schematic architecture diagram of a basic 5G system 100 . As shown in FIG. 1 , the system 100 includes: PCF, AMF, session management function (session management function, SMF), radio access network (radio access network, RAN), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), data network (data network, DN), user plane function (user plane function, UPF), UE, application function (application function, AF), and/or Unified data storage (unified data repository, UDR). Optionally, the following functions may also be included in FIG. 1 (not shown in FIG. 1 ): network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF), authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), capability exposure function (network exposure function, NEF), or network storage function (NF repository function, NRF).
其中,各网元主要功能描述如下:Among them, the main functions of each network element are described as follows:
1、终端设备1. Terminal equipment
本申请实施例中的终端设备,可以是:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The terminal equipment in the embodiment of the present application may be: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:移动手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving or autopilot)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。A terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. At present, examples of some terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile Internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, industrial control (industrial control) in the wireless terminal, unmanned (self-driving or autopilot) in the wireless terminal, Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, W LL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolving public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Wearable smart devices in a broad sense include full-featured, large-sized devices that do not rely on smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smart phones, such as smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical signs monitoring. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system.
2、无线接入网2. Wireless access network
无线接入网是基于无线通信技术实现接入网络功能的接入网。无线接入网能够管理无线资源,为终端提供无线接入或者空口接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端和核心网之间的转发。The wireless access network is an access network that realizes access network functions based on wireless communication technology. The wireless access network can manage wireless resources, provide wireless access or air interface access services for terminals, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between terminals and the core network.
作为示例而非限定,无线接入网可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是NR系统中的gNB本申请实施例并不限定。As an example and not limitation, the wireless access network may be an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access device may be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, an access device in a 5G network or an access device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc., and may be an access point in a WLAN. point, AP), may be the gNB in the NR system. This embodiment of this application is not limited.
3、接入和移动性管理功能网元3. Network elements with access and mobility management functions
接入和移动性管理功能网元主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等,可以用于实现移动性 管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能,例如,合法监听、或接入授权(或鉴权)等功能,此外还用于在UE与PCF之间传递用户策略。在本申请实施例中,可用于实现接入和移动管理网元的功能。Access and mobility management function network elements are mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, functions such as lawful interception, or access authorization (or authentication), and are also used to transfer user policies between UE and PCF. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to implement functions of access and mobility management network elements.
4、会话管理功能网元4. Network element with session management function
会话管理功能网元主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。在本申请实施例中,可用于实现会话管理网元的功能。The session management function network element is mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection and management of user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, policy control and termination point of charging function interface, and downlink data notification, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to realize the function of the session management network element.
5、用户面功能网元5. User plane functional network element
用户面功能网元可用于分组路由和转发、或用户面数据的QoS参数处理等。用户数据可通过该网元接入到数据网络(data network,DN)。在本申请实施例中,可用于实现用户面网元的功能,例如,在不同的UPF上建立会话时,UE的业务体验也会不同,因此需要上述SMF为UE的会话选择一个合适UPF。The user plane functional network element can be used for packet routing and forwarding, or QoS parameter processing of user plane data, etc. User data can be accessed to a data network (data network, DN) through this network element. In the embodiment of this application, it can be used to implement the functions of the user plane network element. For example, when a session is established on different UPFs, the service experience of the UE will be different. Therefore, the above SMF needs to select an appropriate UPF for the session of the UE.
6、策略控制网元6. Policy control network element
策略控制网元用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制平面功能网元(例如AMF,SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。主要负责针对会话、业务流级别进行计费、QoS带宽保障及移动性管理、UE策略决策等策略控制功能。在本申请实施例中,AMF与SMF所连接的PCF分别对应AM PCF(PCF for Access and Mobility Control)和SM PCF(PCF for Session Management),在实际部署场景中可以是同一个PCF实体,也可以是是两个不同的PCF实体。The policy control network element is used to guide the unified policy framework of network behavior, and provide policy rule information, etc. for the control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.). It is mainly responsible for policy control functions such as charging for sessions and service flow levels, QoS bandwidth guarantee, mobility management, and UE policy decision-making. In this embodiment of the application, the PCFs connected to the AMF and the SMF correspond to AM PCF (PCF for Access and Mobility Control) and SM PCF (PCF for Session Management), respectively, and may be the same PCF entity or two different PCF entities in the actual deployment scenario.
7、网络能力开放功能网元7. Network element with network capability opening function
网络能力开放功能网元用于向外部开放由3GPP网络功能提供的业务和网络能力信息(如终端位置、会话是否可达)等。The network capability opening function network element is used to open the service and network capability information provided by the 3GPP network function to the outside (such as the location of the terminal, whether the session is reachable), etc.
8、应用功能网元8. Application function network element
应用功能网元主要用于传递应用侧对网络侧的需求,例如,QoS需求或用户状态事件订阅等。AF可以是第三方功能实体,也可以是运营商部署的应用服务,如IMS语音呼叫业务。对于第三方应用的应用功能实体,其与核心网进行交互时还可经由NEF进行授权处理,例如第三方应用功能直接向NEF发送请求消息,NEF判断该AF是否被允许发送该请求消息,若验证通过,则将转发该请求消息至对应PCF或统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)。The application function network element is mainly used to transmit the requirements from the application side to the network side, for example, QoS requirements or user status event subscription. The AF may be a third-party functional entity, or an application service deployed by an operator, such as an IMS voice call service. For the application function entity of the third-party application, it can also perform authorization processing through NEF when interacting with the core network. For example, the third-party application function directly sends a request message to the NEF, and the NEF judges whether the AF is allowed to send the request message. If the verification is passed, the request message will be forwarded to the corresponding PCF or unified data management (UDM).
9、统一数据管理网元9. Unified data management network elements
统一数据管理网元主要用于统一数据管理,支持3GPP认证和密钥协商机制中的认证信任状态处理,用户身份处理,接入授权,注册和移动性管理,签约管理,短消息管理等。The unified data management network element is mainly used for unified data management, and supports authentication and trust status processing in the 3GPP authentication and key agreement mechanism, user identity processing, access authorization, registration and mobility management, subscription management, short message management, etc.
10、统一数据存储网元10. Unified data storage network element
统一数据存储网元主要用于签约数据、策略数据、应用数据等类型数据的存取功能。The unified data storage network element is mainly used for the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data.
11、数据网络11. Data network
数据网络是指UE接入的某个特定的数据服务网络,例如,典型的DN包括因特网internet、IP多媒体子系统(IP multimedia subsystem,IPMS)。The data network refers to a specific data service network accessed by the UE. For example, a typical DN includes the Internet and an IP multimedia subsystem (IP multimedia subsystem, IPMS).
在上述架构中,各接口功能描述如下:In the above architecture, the functions of each interface are described as follows:
N7:PCF与SMF之间的接口,用于下发PDU会话粒度以及业务数据流粒度控制策略。N7: The interface between PCF and SMF, which is used to deliver PDU session granularity and service data flow granularity control policies.
N15:PCF与AMF之间的接口,用于下发UE策略及接入控制相关策略。N15: the interface between the PCF and the AMF, used to issue UE policies and access control related policies.
N5:AF与PCF之间的接口,用于应用业务请求下发以及网络事件上报。N5: The interface between the AF and the PCF, used for delivering application service requests and reporting network events.
N4:SMF与UPF之间的接口,用于控制面与用户面之间传递信息,包括控制面向用户面的转发规则、QoS控制规则、流量统计规则等的下发以及用户面的信息上报。N4: The interface between SMF and UPF, which is used to transmit information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, and traffic statistics rules for the user plane, as well as the information reporting of the user plane.
N11:SMF与AMF之间的接口,用于传递RAN和UPF之间的PDU会话隧道信息、传递发送给UE的控制消息、传递发送给RAN的无线资源控制信息等。N11: The interface between the SMF and the AMF, used to transfer the PDU session tunnel information between the RAN and the UPF, the control message sent to the UE, the radio resource control information sent to the RAN, etc.
N2:AMF与RAN之间的接口,用于传递核心网侧至RAN的无线承载控制信息等。N2: The interface between the AMF and the RAN, used to transfer radio bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
N1:AMF与UE之间的接口,接入无关,用于向UE传递QoS控制规则等。N1: The interface between the AMF and the UE, which has nothing to do with access, and is used to deliver QoS control rules to the UE.
N8:AMF与UDM间的接口,用于AMF向UDM获取接入与移动性管理相关签约数据与鉴权数据,以及AMF向UDM注册UE当前移动性管理相关信息等。N8: The interface between AMF and UDM, which is used for AMF to obtain subscription data and authentication data related to access and mobility management from UDM, and for AMF to register UE current mobility management related information with UDM.
N10:SMF与UDM间的接口,用于SMF向UDM获取会话管理相关签约数据,以及SMF向UDM注册UE当前会话相关信息等。N10: The interface between SMF and UDM, which is used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register UE current session-related information with UDM.
N35:UDM与UDR间的接口,用于UDM从UDR中获取用户签约数据信息。N35: interface between UDM and UDR, used for UDM to obtain user subscription data information from UDR.
N36:PCF与UDR间的接口,用于PCF从UDR中获取策略相关签约数据以及应用数据相关信息。N36: the interface between PCF and UDR, used for PCF to obtain policy-related subscription data and application data-related information from UDR.
N52:UDM和NEF间的接口,用于NEF向第三方应用功能开放网络能力,如第三方应用功能通过NEF向UDM订阅特定群组中所有用户的可达性事件。N52: The interface between UDM and NEF, which is used for NEF to open network capabilities to third-party application functions. For example, third-party application functions subscribe to UDM through NEF to reachability events of all users in a specific group.
此外,NEF还与AMF、SMF均有直接接口,分别对应N29接口和N51接口(为简化图示,上图中并未展示),用于开放运营商网络能力至第三方应用功能实体,前者可用于NEF直接向AMF订阅相应网络事件、更新用户配置信息,后者可用于更新SMF/UPF上的应用配置数据,如Application ID所对应的分组流描述信息(packet flow description,PFD)。In addition, NEF also has direct interfaces with AMF and SMF, respectively corresponding to N29 interface and N51 interface (not shown in the figure above for simplification), which are used to open operator network capabilities to third-party application functional entities. The former can be used by NEF to directly subscribe to corresponding network events and update user configuration information from AMF, and the latter can be used to update application configuration data on SMF/UPF, such as the packet flow description (PFD) corresponding to the Application ID.
应理解,上述应用于本申请实施例的网络架构仅是举例说明的从传统点到点的架构和服务化架构的角度描述的网络架构,适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此,任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the above-mentioned network architecture applied to the embodiment of the present application is only an example of a network architecture described from the perspective of a traditional point-to-point architecture and a service-oriented architecture. The network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Any network architecture that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,图1中的各个网元之间的接口名称只是一个示例,具体实现中接口的名称可能为其他的名称,本申请对此不作具体限定。此外,上述各个网元之间的所传输的消息(或信令)的名称也仅仅是一个示例,对消息本身的功能不构成任何限定。It should be understood that the name of the interface between network elements in FIG. 1 is just an example, and the name of the interface in a specific implementation may be another name, which is not specifically limited in this application. In addition, the name of the message (or signaling) transmitted between the above network elements is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the function of the message itself.
需要说明的是,上述网元也可以称为实体、设备、装置或模块等,本申请并未特别限定。并且,在本申请中,为了便于理解和说明,在对部分描述中省略网元这一描述,例如,将SMF网元简称SMF,此情况下,该“SMF”应理解为SMF网元,以下,省略对相同或相似情况的说明。It should be noted that the foregoing network element may also be called an entity, device, device, or module, which is not specifically limited in this application. Moreover, in this application, for the sake of easy understanding and description, the description of the network element is omitted in some descriptions. For example, the SMF network element is referred to as SMF.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的,上述网元或者功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). Optionally, the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,在图1所示的通信系统中,各组成网元的功能仅为示例性的,各个组成网元在应用于本申请的实施例中时,并非全部功能都是必需的。It should also be understood that in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , the functions of each component network element are only exemplary, and not all functions of each component network element are required when applied in the embodiment of the present application.
此外,如图1中包括的各个网元(比如PCF、AMF等)的命名仅是一个名字,名字对网元本身的功能不构成限定。在5G网络以及未来其它的网络中,上述各个网元也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。例如,在6G网络中,上述各个网元中的部分或全部可以沿用5G中的术语,也可能是其他命名,等等,在此进行统一说明,以下不再赘述。In addition, the naming of each network element (such as PCF, AMF, etc.) included in FIG. 1 is only a name, and the name does not limit the function of the network element itself. In the 5G network and other networks in the future, the above-mentioned network elements may also have other names, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, in a 6G network, some or all of the above-mentioned network elements may use the terms in 5G, or may be named by other names, etc., which will be described in a unified manner here, and will not be described in detail below.
还需说明的是,图1中控制面功能的各个网元之间的通信是以非服务化接口为例进行描述,但是并不对本申请实施例的保护范围构成限定的。本领域技术人员可以理解,图1中控制面功能的各个网元也可以通过服务化接口进行通信,比如,AMF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Namf;SMF提供的服务化接口可以为Nsmf;UDM对外提供的服务化接口可以为Nudm,AF提供的服务化接口可以为Naf;PCF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Npcf等等。It should also be noted that, in FIG. 1 , the communication between various network elements of the control plane function is described using a non-service interface as an example, but this does not limit the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application. Those skilled in the art can understand that each network element of the control plane function in FIG. 1 can also communicate through a service interface. For example, the service interface provided by AMF can be Namf; the service interface provided by SMF can be Nsmf; the service interface provided by UDM can be Nudm; the service interface provided by AF can be Naf;
上述图1中的网元是基于参考点的架构,并不对本申请实施例构成限定。The above network elements in FIG. 1 are architectures based on reference points, which do not limit this embodiment of the present application.
图2给出了基于服务化接口的架构示意图。如图2所示,该按架构包括:NSSF、AUSF、UDM、NEF、NRF、PCF、AF、AMF、SMF、UE、RAN、UPF、DN。在图2中,NSSF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Nnssf,NEF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Nnef,NRF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Nnrf,AMF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Namf;SMF提供的服务化接口可以为Nsmf;UDM对外提供的服务化接口可以为Nudm,AF提供的服务化接口可以为Naf;PCF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Npcf,AUSF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Nausf,CHF对外提供的服务化接口可以为Nchf;控制面功能与RAN和UPF间的接口是非服务化接口。UE通过N1接口与AMF连接,UE通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)协议与RAN连接;RAN通过N2接口与AMF连接,RAN通过N3接口与UPF连接;UPF通过N6接口与DN连接,同时,UPF通过N4接口与SMF连接。相关描述可以参考标准中的5G系统架构(5G system architecture),为了简洁,这里对架构300的连接关系不作赘述。Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture based on the service interface. As shown in Figure 2, the structure includes: NSSF, AUSF, UDM, NEF, NRF, PCF, AF, AMF, SMF, UE, RAN, UPF, DN. In Figure 2, the service interface provided by NSSF can be Nnssf, the service interface provided by NEF can be Nnef, the service interface provided by NRF can be Nnrf, the service interface provided by AMF can be Namf; the service interface provided by SMF can be Nsmf; the service interface provided by UDM can be Nudm, the service interface provided by AF can be Naf; the service interface provided by PCF can be Npcf, and the service interface provided by AUSF The service interface provided by CHF can be Nausf, and the service interface provided by CHF can be Nchf; the interface between the control plane function and RAN and UPF is a non-service interface. UE is connected to AMF through N1 interface, UE is connected to RAN through radio resource control (RRC) protocol; RAN is connected to AMF through N2 interface, RAN is connected to UPF through N3 interface; UPF is connected to DN through N6 interface, and UPF is connected to SMF through N4 interface. For related descriptions, please refer to the 5G system architecture in the standard. For the sake of brevity, the connection relationship of the architecture 300 will not be repeated here.
为了便于理解本申请的实施例,首先以5G网络为例对UE建立PDU会话连接以及PDU会话管理的过程简单说明。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a 5G network is taken as an example to briefly describe the process of establishing a PDU session connection and PDU session management for a UE.
在5G网络中,5G网络为UE和DN网络提供数据交换服务,该服务称为PDU连接服务。UE通过向移动网络发起PDU会话建立请求获得PDU连接服务。网络侧通过为UE维护PDU会话以提供PDU连接服务。In 5G network, 5G network provides data exchange service for UE and DN network, which is called PDU connection service. The UE obtains the PDU connection service by initiating a PDU session establishment request to the mobile network. The network side provides the PDU connection service by maintaining the PDU session for the UE.
为实现UE与DN网络之间的数据交换,UE需要使用移动网络提供的PDU连接服务,建立基于DNN的PDU会话(信令面流程)。PDU会话的建立包括两个基本过程:UE向移动网络注册入网流程、UE向网络请求建立PDU会话流程,这两个过程属于UE与移动网络的信令面交互流程。In order to realize data exchange between UE and DN network, UE needs to use the PDU connection service provided by the mobile network to establish a DNN-based PDU session (signaling plane process). The establishment of a PDU session includes two basic processes: the UE registers with the mobile network to access the network, and the UE requests the network to establish a PDU session. These two processes belong to the signaling plane interaction process between the UE and the mobile network.
通用的UE注册入网流程可简单描述为:UE通过(R)AN发送注册请求至AMF,AMF根据用户标识向特定UDM获取签约数据。网络侧经过一系列鉴权、授权操作最终确认允许UE接入网络,此时AMF响应UE注册请求,并向UE下发相关策略信息,UE完成网络注册驻留。网络侧AMF维护UE的注册入网信息,对UE进行移动性管理。The general UE registration and network access process can be simply described as: UE sends a registration request to AMF through (R)AN, and AMF obtains subscription data from a specific UDM according to the user ID. After a series of authentication and authorization operations, the network side finally confirms that the UE is allowed to access the network. At this time, the AMF responds to the UE registration request and sends relevant policy information to the UE, and the UE completes network registration and camping. The AMF on the network side maintains the registration information of the UE and performs mobility management on the UE.
UE完成注册入网后,可发起PDU会话建立请求,获取网络的PDU连接服务。通用的PDU会话建立流程可简单描述为:UE通过RAN发送PDU会话建立请求到AMF,AMF选择SMF为UE提供会话服务,保存SMF与PDU会话的对应关系,并将会话建立请求发送至SMF,SMF为UE选择相应UPF建立用户面传输路径,并为其分配IP地址。After the UE completes registration and access to the network, it can initiate a PDU session establishment request to obtain the PDU connection service of the network. The general PDU session establishment process can be simply described as: UE sends a PDU session establishment request to AMF through RAN, AMF selects SMF to provide session service for UE, saves the corresponding relationship between SMF and PDU session, and sends session establishment request to SMF, SMF selects corresponding UPF for UE to establish user plane transmission path, and assigns IP address to it.
在对UE进行PDU会话管理过程中,SMF通过N4接口与UPF交互,控制UPF创建、修改、删除相应的UE N4会话(N4Session/PFCP Session)实现对UPF处理数据报文的控制。SMF对UPF内的UE N4会话下发各类数据包处理规则,以完成对UPF处理数据包的控制。UPF收到外部数据报文后,根据SMF下发的数据报文匹配规则进报文匹配,根据转发规则转发报文。In the process of PDU session management for UE, SMF interacts with UPF through N4 interface, and controls UPF to create, modify, and delete corresponding UE N4 sessions (N4Session/PFCP Session) to realize the control of UPF processing data packets. SMF sends various data packet processing rules to UE N4 sessions in UPF to complete the control of UPF processing data packets. After the UPF receives the external data packet, it performs packet matching according to the data packet matching rules delivered by the SMF, and forwards the packets according to the forwarding rules.
NR技术中,接入网设备(例如,gNB)可以由一个gNB集中式单元(Centralized Unit,CU)和一个或者多个gNB分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU)构成。gNB-CU和gNB-DU是不同的逻辑节点,可以部署在不同的物理设备上,或者部署在相同的物理设备上。In NR technology, an access network device (eg, gNB) may consist of a gNB Centralized Unit (CU) and one or more gNB Distributed Units (DU). gNB-CU and gNB-DU are different logical nodes and can be deployed on different physical devices or on the same physical device.
gNB采用CU-DU分离的结构如图3所示的,gNB-CU和gNB-DU之间通过F1接口相连,gNB-CU和5G核心网通过NG接口相连,gNB与gNB之间通过Xn接口相连。Xn接口包括Xn-C接口和Xn-U接口,Xn-C接口用于两个gNB之间控制面信令的传输,Xn-U接口用于两个gNB之间用户面数据的传输。gNB与UE之间的接口称为Uu接口(即UE和gNB-DU之间的接口)。终端设备通过gNB-DU接入gNB-CU。与终端设备对等的物理(physics,PHY)层/媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层/无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层位于gNB-DU上,与终端设备对等的分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层/无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层/业务数据适配协议(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,SDAP)层位于gNB-CU上。The structure of gNB using CU-DU separation is shown in Figure 3. The gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 interface, the gNB-CU and the 5G core network are connected through the NG interface, and the gNB and gNB are connected through the Xn interface. The Xn interface includes an Xn-C interface and an Xn-U interface. The Xn-C interface is used for transmission of control plane signaling between two gNBs, and the Xn-U interface is used for transmission of user plane data between two gNBs. The interface between gNB and UE is called Uu interface (that is, the interface between UE and gNB-DU). The terminal device accesses the gNB-CU through the gNB-DU. The physical (physics, PHY) layer/media access control (MAC) layer/radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer equivalent to the terminal device is located on the gNB-DU, and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer/radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer/service data adaptation protocol (Service The Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer is located on the gNB-CU.
应该理解,上述的gNB-DU和gNB-CU上存在的协议层只是一种可能性,还可能存在其他可能性,例如:与终端设备对等的PHY层/MAC层位于gNB-DU上,与终端设备对等的PDCP层/RRC层/SDAP层位于gNB-CU上,同时,与终端设备对等的RLC层也位于gNB-CU上,均在本申请保护的范围内,本申请在此不做限定。It should be understood that the above-mentioned protocol layers on the gNB-DU and gNB-CU are only one possibility, and there may be other possibilities. For example, the PHY layer/MAC layer equivalent to the terminal device is located on the gNB-DU, the PDCP layer/RRC layer/SDAP layer equivalent to the terminal device is located on the gNB-CU, and at the same time, the RLC layer equivalent to the terminal device is also located on the gNB-CU.
对控制面而言,上行(uplink,UL)方向上,gNB-DU将终端设备生成的RRC消息封装在F1接口的F1应用程协议(F1Application Protocol,F1AP)消息中发送到gNB-CU。下行(downlink,DL)方向上,gNB-CU将RRC消息封装在F1AP消息中发送到gNB-DU,gNB-DU从F1AP消息中提取出RRC消息映射到Uu接口对应的信令无线承载(Signalling Radio Bearer,SRB)上发送给终端设备。For the control plane, in the uplink (uplink, UL) direction, the gNB-DU encapsulates the RRC message generated by the terminal device in the F1 Application Protocol (F1Application Protocol, F1AP) message of the F1 interface and sends it to the gNB-CU. In the downlink (downlink, DL) direction, the gNB-CU encapsulates the RRC message in the F1AP message and sends it to the gNB-DU, and the gNB-DU extracts the RRC message from the F1AP message and maps it to the signaling radio bearer (Signalling Radio Bearer, SRB) corresponding to the Uu interface and sends it to the terminal device.
对用户面而言,UL方向上,gNB-DU将从Uu接口的数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,DRB)上收到的终端设备的数据包映射到对应的通用分组无线业务隧道协议(General Packet Radio Service Tunnelling Protocol,GTP)隧道中发送到gNB-CU。DL方向上,gNB-CU将终端设备的数据包映射到对应的GTP隧道中发送到gNB-DU,gNB-DU从GTP隧道中提取出终端设备的数据包,并将该数据包映射到Uu接口对应的DRB上发送给终端设备。For the user plane, in the UL direction, the gNB-DU maps the data packet of the terminal device received from the Data Radio Bearer (DRB) of the Uu interface to the corresponding General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel and sends it to the gNB-CU. In the DL direction, the gNB-CU maps the data packet of the terminal device to the corresponding GTP tunnel and sends it to the gNB-DU. The gNB-DU extracts the data packet of the terminal device from the GTP tunnel, and maps the data packet to the DRB corresponding to the Uu interface and sends it to the terminal device.
5G通信系统针对网络各项性能指标,全方位得都提出了更严苛的要求。例如,容量指标提升1000倍、更广的覆盖需求、超高可靠超低时延等。因此,引入了接入回传一体化(Integrated Access And Backhaul,IAB)技术。The 5G communication system puts forward more stringent requirements for various performance indicators of the network. For example, the capacity index has been increased by 1000 times, wider coverage requirements, ultra-high reliability and ultra-low latency, etc. Therefore, the Integrated Access And Backhaul (IAB) technology is introduced.
在IAB网络中,如图4所示,中继节点(Relay Node,RN),或者也可称为IAB节 点(IAB node),可以为用户设备提供无线接入和无线回传服务。具体的,用户设备的业务数据由IAB节点通过无线回传链路连接到IAB宿主节点(IAB donor),IAB宿主节点(IAB donor)也可以称为宿主IAB节点(donor IAB)或者IAB宿主基站。NR系统中,IAB宿主基站可以是宿主下一代基站(donor gNodeB,DgNB),在LTE系统(或称4G系统)中,该IAB宿主基站可以是宿主演进型基站(donor eNodeB,DeNB)。当然,IAB宿主节点还可以简称为:gNB,eNB或者IAB donor。In the IAB network, as shown in FIG. 4, a relay node (Relay Node, RN), or also called an IAB node (IAB node), can provide wireless access and wireless backhaul services for user equipment. Specifically, the service data of the user equipment is connected to the IAB donor node (IAB donor) by the IAB node through a wireless backhaul link, and the IAB donor node (IAB donor) may also be called a donor IAB node (donor IAB) or an IAB donor base station. In the NR system, the IAB donor base station may be a donor next-generation base station (donor gNodeB, DgNB), and in the LTE system (or 4G system), the IAB donor base station may be a donor evolved base station (donor eNodeB, DeNB). Of course, the IAB host node can also be referred to as: gNB, eNB or IAB donor.
IAB donor也可以采用CU-DU分离架构,如图4所示,即:IAB donor由IAB donor CU(或者也可以称为donor CU)和IAB donor DU(或者也可以称为donor DU)两部分组成,其中,IAB donor CU和IAB donor DU之间的接口为F1接口。IAB节点可以由移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)单元和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成。IAB-MT也可以称为IAB-UE,具有终端设备的功能,主要完成类似于终端设备的操作。IAB-DU具有基站的部分功能,主要完成类似于基站的操作。IAB donor can also adopt CU-DU separation architecture, as shown in Figure 4, namely: IAB donor is composed of two parts: IAB donor CU (or can also be called donor CU) and IAB donor DU (or can also be called donor DU), and the interface between IAB donor CU and IAB donor DU is F1 interface. The IAB node may be composed of a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) unit and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The IAB-MT can also be called the IAB-UE, which has the function of a terminal device and mainly performs operations similar to the terminal device. The IAB-DU has some functions of the base station, and mainly completes operations similar to the base station.
对IAB donor而言,donor DU与NR中gNB-DU的功能类似,donor CU与NR中gNB-CU的功能类似。For IAB donor, the function of donor DU is similar to that of gNB-DU in NR, and the function of donor CU is similar to that of gNB-CU in NR.
对IAB节点而言,IAB-DU与NR中gNB-DU的功能类似,为其连接的节点提供接入服务,其中,IAB-DU连接的节点可以是终端设备,也可以是其他IAB节点。IAB-MT类似于终端设备,用于提供数据回传。终端设备接入的IAB节点可以称为接入IAB节点,接入IAB节点和IAB donor之间路径上的IAB节点称为中间IAB节点。例如,终端设备接入IAB节点2(IAB node2),则IAB node2称为接入IAB节点,IAB node1称为中间IAB节点。For an IAB node, the IAB-DU has a similar function to the gNB-DU in NR, providing access services to nodes connected to it, where the node connected to the IAB-DU can be a terminal device or other IAB nodes. IAB-MT is similar to terminal equipment and is used to provide data backhaul. The IAB node accessed by the terminal device may be called an access IAB node, and the IAB node on the path between the access IAB node and the IAB donor is called an intermediate IAB node. For example, if a terminal device accesses IAB node 2 (IAB node2), then IAB node2 is called an access IAB node, and IAB node1 is called an intermediate IAB node.
图5和图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图,需要说明的是,在第一设备的移动过程中,第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备,可能存在下面两种场景。其中,图5对应于下文所述的场景一,图6对应于下文所述的场景二。Figure 5 and Figure 6 are schematic flowcharts of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that during the movement of the first device, the first device switches from the first network device to the second network device, and the following two scenarios may exist. Wherein, FIG. 5 corresponds to Scenario 1 described below, and FIG. 6 corresponds to Scenario 2 described below.
场景一、在第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备的移动过程中,不更换接入和移动性管理功能网元,如图5所示,即,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备和第二网络设备相连接。Scenario 1: During the movement of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is not replaced, as shown in FIG. 5, that is, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device and the second network device.
场景二、在第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备的移动过程中,更换了接入和移动性管理功能网元,如图6所示,从接入和移动性管理功能网元1更换为接入和移动性管理网元2。换句话说,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(例如UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备相连接,更换后的接入和移动性管理功能网元2(例如UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)与第二网络设备相连接。Scenario 2: During the movement of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced. As shown in FIG. 6, the access and mobility management function network element 1 is replaced with the access and mobility management function network element 2. In other words, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device, and the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) is connected to the second network device.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种适应于场景一的通信方法500的示意性流程图,该方法至少包括以下步骤。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 adapted to scenario 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes at least the following steps.
S510,第一网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能网元1发送第一设备的跟踪区域信息,相应地,接入和移动性管理功能网元1从第一网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息。S510, the first network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information of the first device from the first network device.
例如,第一网络设备可以是donor gNB1,也可以是位于第一网络设备(例如,donor gNB1)中的CU,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是VMR服务的的UE,本申请实施例对此不作限制。For example, the first network device may be a donor gNB1, or may be a CU located in the first network device (for example, donor gNB1), and the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
以第一网络设备为donor gNB1,第一设备为VMR为例进行说明,VMR通过用户面 与OAM交互获得VMR的跟踪区域信息,随后,VMR中的DU部分(或者说作为一个DU)与donor gNB 1的CU进行交互,通过F1setup流程将VMR的跟踪区域信息注册到donor gNB 1的CU,此时donor gNB 1的CU更新自己所对应的跟踪区域信息列表。The first network device is donor gNB1, and the first device is VMR as an example. The VMR interacts with the OAM to obtain the tracking area information of the VMR. Then, the DU part (or as a DU) in the VMR interacts with the CU of donor gNB 1, and registers the tracking area information of the VMR to the CU of donor gNB 1 through the F1setup process. At this time, the CU of donor gNB 1 updates its corresponding tracking area information list .
其中,跟踪区域信息是第一设备的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI),可以理解为,在第一设备的移动过程中,第一设备向其服务的UE所广播的跟踪区域信息是固定不变的,即,即使第一设备从第一网络设备切换到第二网络设备(例如,切换到另一个donor gNB2),第一设备向其服务的UE所广播的跟踪区域信息是也固定不变的,即为S-TAI。换个角度说,S-TAI只可分配给由VMR服务的UE,当为由非VMR服务的UE分配TAI时,不会分配S-TAI。因此,S-TAI是VMR特定的,或者称为VMR专属的。此外,不同VMR对应的S-TAI可能是相同的,也可能是不同的,例如,在不同大区的不同VMR对应的S-TAI是相同的,而在同一大区内的不同VMR对应的S-TAI是不同的。为便于描述,在接下来的描述中,统一使用S-TAI来代替第一设备的跟踪区域信息。Wherein, the tracking area information is the specific tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device. It can be understood that, during the moving process of the first device, the tracking area information broadcast by the first device to the UE served by it is fixed, that is, even if the first device switches from the first network device to the second network device (for example, switching to another donor gNB2), the tracking area information broadcast by the first device to the UE it serves is also fixed, that is, S-TAI. To put it another way, the S-TAI can only be allocated to the UE served by the VMR, and when the TAI is allocated to the UE not served by the VMR, the S-TAI will not be allocated. Therefore, the S-TAI is VMR-specific, or called VMR-specific. In addition, the S-TAIs corresponding to different VMRs may be the same or different. For example, the S-TAIs corresponding to different VMRs in different regions are the same, but the S-TAIs corresponding to different VMRs in the same region are different. For ease of description, in the following description, the S-TAI is uniformly used to replace the tracking area information of the first device.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一设备服务的UE为空闲态的UE。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the UE served by the first device is a UE in an idle state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备的跟踪区域信息S-TAI可以是承载于更新配置消息中,或者也可以承载于其他消息中,应理解,本申请实施例在此不作限制。In a possible implementation manner, the tracking area information S-TAI of the first device may be carried in an update configuration message, or may also be carried in other messages. It should be understood that this embodiment of the present application makes no limitation here.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该更新配置消息中可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示跟踪区域信息是第一设备的跟踪区域信息。示例性的,该指示信息可以是VMR特定TA指示信息,用于指示S-TAI是VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the update configuration message may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the tracking area information is the tracking area information of the first device. Exemplarily, the indication information may be VMR specific TA indication information, which is used to indicate that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息可以是使用较短的字段去表示,例如,字段为1bit时,该字段为“1”时,表示该指示信息指示S-TAI是VMR的跟踪区域信息;该字段为“0”时,表示该指示信息指示S-TAI不是VMR的跟踪区域信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information may be represented by a shorter field. For example, when the field is 1 bit, when the field is "1", it means that the indication information indicates that the S-TAI is the tracking area information of the VMR; when the field is "0", it means that the indication information indicates that the S-TAI is not the tracking area information of the VMR.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息也可以隐含在跟踪区域信息S-TAI中,例如,网络侧(CN)在划分TAI时,将特定范围的TAI作为专属VMR的S-TAI,即,当S-TAI属于该特定范围的TAI时,表明该S-TAI为VMR的跟踪区域信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information may also be implicit in the tracking area information S-TAI. For example, when the network side (CN) divides the TAI, the TAI of a specific range is used as the S-TAI dedicated to the VMR, that is, when the S-TAI belongs to the TAI of the specific range, it indicates that the S-TAI is the tracking area information of the VMR.
需要说明,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是承载于可移动物体上的终端设备(例如,移动车辆上的UE),接入和移动性管理功能网元1可以是UE注册的第一AMF网元(UE AMF1),也可以是第一设备注册的第二AMF网元(VMR AMF1)。应理解,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be noted that the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or may be a terminal device carried on a movable object (for example, a UE on a moving vehicle), and the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a first AMF network element (UE AMF1) registered with the UE, or a second AMF network element (VMR AMF1) registered with the first device. It should be understood that this embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
S520,接入和移动性管理功能网元1保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。S520, the access and mobility management function network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
例如,接入和移动性管理功能网元1接收到第一网络设备发送的第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)后,即,第一网络设备向所有与其相连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元1告知自己的管辖范围内有一个第一设备以及该第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)后,接入和移动性管理功能网元1保存第一设备的S-TAI与第一网络设备的关联关系。For example, after the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device sent by the first network device, that is, after the first network device notifies all the access and mobility management function network elements 1 connected to it that there is a first device and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device within its jurisdiction, the access and mobility management function network element 1 saves the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device.
应理解,第一设备的S-TAI与第一网络设备的关联关系可以是S-TAI与gNB1的关联关系,例如,第一设备的S-TAI与第一网络设备(gNB1)的标识信息(RAN ID1)的关联关系,也可以是S-TAI与位于gNB1中的CU1的关联关系,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device may be the association relationship between the S-TAI and gNB1, for example, the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the identification information (RAN ID1) of the first network device (gNB1), or the association relationship between the S-TAI and the CU1 located in the gNB1, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S530,在第二网络设备服务于第一设备的情况下,接入和移动性管理功能网元1删除 第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。S530, in the case that the second network device serves the first device, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
例如,在第一设备的移动过程中,第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备,即,此时,第一设备的服务网络设备从第一网络设备更改为第二网络设备,在第二网络设备服务于第一设备的情况下,接入和移动性管理功能网元1删除第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第一设备的关联关系。For example, during the moving process of the first device, the first device switches from the first network device to the second network device, that is, at this time, the serving network device of the first device is changed from the first network device to the second network device, and when the second network device serves the first device, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the first device.
需要说明的是,图5对应于前文所述的场景一,即,在第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备的移动过程中,不更换接入和移动性管理功能网元,即,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备和第二网络设备相连接。It should be noted that FIG. 5 corresponds to scenario 1 described above, that is, during the movement of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is not replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device and the second network device.
可选地,在S530之前,该方法还可以包括:S521,第二网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能网元1发送第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI),相应地,接入和移动性管理功能网元1从第二网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, before S530, the method may further include: S521, the second network device sends the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device from the second network device.
S522,接入和移动性管理功能网元1保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第二网络设备的关联关系。S522. The access and mobility management function network element 1 saves the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device.
应理解,第二网络设备可以是donor gNB2,也可以是位于第二网络设备(donor gNB2)中的CU2,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是VMR服务的UE,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the second network device may be donor NB2, or CU2 located in the second network device (donor gNB2), and the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
以第二网络设备为donor gNB2,第一设备为VMR为例进行说明,VMR通过用户面与OAM交互获得VMR的跟踪区域信息,随后,VMR中的DU部分(或者说作为一个DU)与donor gNB 2的CU进行交互,通过F1setup流程将VMR的跟踪区域信息注册到donor gNB 2的CU,此时donor gNB 2的CU更新自己所对应的跟踪区域信息列表(TAI列表)。The second network device is donor gNB2, and the first device is VMR as an example. The VMR interacts with the OAM on the user plane to obtain the tracking area information of the VMR. Then, the DU in the VMR (or as a DU) interacts with the CU of the donor gNB 2, and registers the tracking area information of the VMR to the CU of the donor gNB 2 through the F1setup process. At this time, the CU of the donor gNB 2 updates its corresponding tracking area information list ( TAI list).
例如,在场景一中,在接入和移动性管理功能网元1(例如,UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备和第二网络设备相连接的情况下,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)从第二网络设备接收第一设备的S-TAI,可以理解为,第二网络设备向所有与其相连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元1(例如,UE AMF1和VMR AMF1)告知自己相关联的TAI列表中包括第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。此时,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)保存第一设备的S-TAI与第二网络设备的关联关系。For example, in Scenario 1, when the access and mobility management function network element 1 (for example, UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device and the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) receives the S-TAI of the first device from the second network device. It can be understood that the second network device notifies all the access and mobility management function network elements 1 (for example, UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) The TAI list associated with itself includes tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device. At this time, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) stores the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the second network device.
应理解,第一设备的S-TAI与第二网络设备的关联关系可以是S-TAI与gNB2的关联关系,例如,第一设备的S-TAI与第二网络设备(gNB2)的标识信息(RAN ID2)的关联关系,也可以是S-TAI与位于gNB2中的CU2的关联关系,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the second network device may be the association relationship between the S-TAI and gNB2, for example, the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the identification information (RAN ID2) of the second network device (gNB2), or the association relationship between the S-TAI and the CU2 located in the gNB2, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,在场景一中,即,在接入和移动性管理功能网元1连接第一网络设备和第二网络设备的情况下,当接入和移动性管理功能网元1从第二网络设备接收第一设备的S-TAI后,接入和移动性管理功能网元1根据从第二网络设备接收到的第一设备的S-TAI中包含的标识(例如RAN ID2)获知第一设备的服务网络设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备,此时,接入和移动性管理功能网元1通过S-TAI作为索引,删除第一设备的S-TAI与第一网络设备的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation, in scenario one, that is, when the access and mobility management function network element 1 is connected to the first network device and the second network device, after the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the S-TAI of the first device from the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element 1 learns that the serving network device of the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device according to the identifier (such as RAN ID2) contained in the S-TAI received from the second network device. The mobility management function network element 1 deletes the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device by using the S-TAI as an index.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:S523,第一网络设备向接入 和移动性管理功能网元1发送第一指示信息,相应地,接入和移动性管理功能网元1从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示删除第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the method may further include: S523, the first network device sends first indication information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
例如,在场景一中,即,在接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备和第二网络设备相连接的情况下,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)根据接收到的第一指示信息,第一指示信息中包含标识(例如RAN ID1),删除第一设备的S-TAI和第一网络设备的关联关系。For example, in Scenario 1, that is, when the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device and the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) deletes the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device according to the received first indication information, which includes an identifier (such as RAN ID1).
需要说明的是,S523可以先于S521和S522执行,也可以后于S521和S522执行,应理解,本申请实施例对具体的执行顺序不作限制。It should be noted that S523 may be executed before S521 and S522, or may be executed after S521 and S522. It should be understood that the specific execution order is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,在一种可能的实现方式中,步骤S523可以由第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备这一动作完成触发,即,当第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备,触发第一网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能网元1发送第一指示信息,指示删除第一设备的S-TAI和第一网络设备的关联关系。Exemplarily, in a possible implementation manner, step S523 may be triggered by the handover of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, that is, when the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device, the first network device is triggered to send the first indication information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, indicating to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device.
在本申请实施例的技术方案中,当第一设备接入第一网络设备时,接入和移动性管理功能网元1保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。当在第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备时,移动管理功能网元1保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系,并删除之前保存的第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备从第一设备变更为第二网络设备,进而当网络侧需要寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,能够准确定位到第二网络设备,不会出现网络侧寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,网络侧指示第一网络设备发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, when the first device accesses the first network device, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device. When the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device, the mobility management function network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and deletes the previously saved tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device, so that the network side can know in time that the network device associated with the first device has changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and the network side does not paging the first device and/or the first device service. When the UE is at the UE, the network side instructs the first network device to send the paging message, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种适应于场景二的通信方法600的示意性流程图,该方法至少包括以下步骤。Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 600 adapted to scenario 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes at least the following steps.
S610,第一网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能网元1发送第一设备的跟踪区域信息,相应地,接入和移动性管理功能网元1从第一网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息。S610, the first network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the tracking area information of the first device from the first network device.
S620,接入和移动性管理功能网元1保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。S620, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
需要说明,S610-S620类似于S510-S520,为了简便,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that S610-S620 are similar to S510-S520, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
可选地,在S620之后,该方法还可以包括S621,接入和移动性管理功能网元1向统一数据库网元发送第一注册信息,相应地,统一数据库网元从接入和移动性管理功能网元1接收第一注册信息,该第一注册信息用于向统一数据库注册第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第一网络设备的关联关系。Optionally, after S620, the method may further include S621, the access and mobility management function network element 1 sends first registration information to the unified database network element, and correspondingly, the unified database network element receives the first registration information from the access and mobility management function network element 1, and the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device with the unified database.
例如,接入和移动性管理功能网元1可以是第一设备注册的接入和移动性管理功能网元1(例如VMR AMF1),VMR AMF1与第一网络设备相连接,VMR AMF1向统一数据库网元发送第一注册信息,该第一注册信息中包括第一网络设备的标识信息(例如donor gNB1ID或RAN1ID),统一数据库网元根据第一注册信息将第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第一网络设备的关联关系注册到统一数据库中。For example, the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as VMR AMF1) registered by the first device. The VMR AMF1 is connected to the first network device. The VMR AMF1 sends the first registration information to the network element of the unified database. The first registration information includes the identification information of the first network device (such as donor NB1ID or RAN1ID). Relationships are registered with the consolidated database.
需要说明的是,图6对应于前文所述的场景二,即,在第一设备从第一网络设备切换 至第二网络设备的移动过程中,更换了接入和移动性管理功能网元,如图6所示,从接入和移动性管理功能网元1更换为接入和移动性管理网元2。换句话说,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(例如UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备相连接,更换后的接入和移动性管理功能网元2(例如UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)与第二网络设备相连接。It should be noted that FIG. 6 corresponds to scenario 2 described above, that is, during the moving process of the first device switching from the first network device to the second network device, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced. As shown in FIG. 6 , the access and mobility management function network element 1 is replaced with the access and mobility management function network element 2. In other words, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device, and the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) is connected to the second network device.
S630,第二网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能网元2发送第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI),相应地,接入和移动性管理功能网元2从第二网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。S630, the second network device sends the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device to the access and mobility management function network element 2, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 2 receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device from the second network device.
S640,接入和移动性管理功能网元2保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第二网络设备的关联关系。S640, the access and mobility management functional network element 2 saves the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the second network device.
应理解,第二网络设备可以是donor gNB2,也可以是位于第二网络设备(donor gNB2)中的CU2,第一设备可以是车载中继VMR,也可以是VMR服务的UE,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the second network device may be donor NB2, or CU2 located in the second network device (donor gNB2), and the first device may be a vehicle-mounted relay VMR, or a UE served by the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
以第二网络设备为donor gNB2,第一设备为VMR为例进行说明,VMR中的DU部分(或者说作为一个DU)与donor gNB 2的CU进行交互,通过F1setup流程将VMR的跟踪区域信息注册到donor gNB 2的CU,此时donor gNB 2的CU更新自己所对应的跟踪区域信息列表(TAI列表)。Taking the second network device as donor gNB2 and the first device as VMR as an example, the DU part of the VMR (or as a DU) interacts with the CU of donor gNB 2, and registers the tracking area information of the VMR to the CU of donor gNB 2 through the F1setup process. At this time, the CU of donor gNB 2 updates its corresponding tracking area information list (TAI list).
在场景二中,即,在接入和移动性管理功能网元1(例如UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备相连接,更换后的接入和移动性管理功能网元2(例如UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)与第二网络设备相连接的情况下,更换后的接入和移动性管理功能网元2(UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)从第二网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI),可以理解为,第二网络设备向所有与其相连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元2(例如,UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)告知自己相关联的TAI列表中包括第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。此时,接入和移动性管理功能网元2(UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)与第二网络设备的关联关系。In the second scenario, that is, when the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device, and the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) is connected to the second network device, the replaced access and mobility management function network element 2 (UE AMF2, VMMR AMF2) receives the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device from the second network device, it can be understood For, the second network device notifies all access and mobility management function network elements 2 (for example, UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) connected to it that its associated TAI list includes the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device. At this time, the access and mobility management function network element 2 (UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) saves the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the second network device.
可选地,在S640之后,该方法还可以包括S641,接入和移动性管理功能网元2向统一数据库网元发送第二注册信息,相应地,统一数据库网元从接入和移动性管理功能网元2接收第二注册信息,该第二注册信息用于向统一数据库注册第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第二网络设备的关联关系。Optionally, after S640, the method may further include S641, the access and mobility management function network element 2 sends second registration information to the unified database network element, and correspondingly, the unified database network element receives the second registration information from the access and mobility management function network element 2, and the second registration information is used to register the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the second network device with the unified database.
例如,此时接入和移动性管理功能网元2可以是第一设备注册的接入和移动性管理功能网元2(例如VMR AMF2),VMR AMF2与第二网络设备相连接,VMR AMF2向统一数据库网元发送第二注册信息,该第二注册信息中包括第二网络设备的标识信息(例如donor gNB2 ID或RAN2 ID),统一数据库网元根据第二注册信息将第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系注册到统一数据库中。For example, at this time, the access and mobility management function network element 2 may be the access and mobility management function network element 2 (such as VMR AMF2) registered by the first device, and the VMR AMF2 is connected to the second network device, and the VMR AMF2 sends the second registration information to the network element of the unified database. in the consolidated database.
S650,第一网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能网元1发送第一指示信息,相应地,接入和移动性管理功能网元1从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示删除第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。S650, the first network device sends first indication information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management function network element 1 receives the first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
例如,在场景二中,即,在接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与第一网络设备相连接的情况下,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)根据接收到的第一指示信息,第一指示信息中包含第一网络设备的标识(例如RAN ID1), 删除第一设备的S-TAI和第一网络设备的关联关系。For example, in Scenario 2, that is, when the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the first network device, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) deletes the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device according to the received first indication information, which includes the identifier of the first network device (such as RAN ID1).
需要说明的是,S650可以先于S630和S640执行,也可以后于S630和S640执行,应理解,本申请实施例对具体的执行顺序不作限制。It should be noted that S650 may be executed before S630 and S640, or may be executed after S630 and S640. It should be understood that the specific execution sequence is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,在一种可能的实现方式中,步骤S650可以由第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备这一动作完成触发,即,当第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备时,触发第一网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能网元1发送第一指示信息,指示删除第一设备的S-TAI和第一网络设备的关联关系。Exemplarily, in a possible implementation manner, step S650 may be triggered by the handover of the first device from the first network device to the second network device, that is, when the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device, the first network device is triggered to send first instruction information to the access and mobility management function network element 1, indicating to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI of the first device and the first network device.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还可以包括第二网络设备的标识信息。例如,在场景二中,接入和移动性管理功能网元1(例如UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息中还包括第二网络设备的标识信息(例如donor gNB2 ID或RAN2 ID)。即,第一网络设备告知接入和移动性管理功能网元1(UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)第一设备切换的目标网络设备是第二网络设备,此时,UE注册的接入和移动性管理功能网元(UE AMF1)会根据接收到的第一指示信息中的第二网络设备的标识信息,确定与第二网络设备相连接的UE AMF2来为UE提供服务,后续UE AMF1与UE AMF2之间进行UE的上下文迁移。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may further include identification information of the second network device. For example, in Scenario 2, the access and mobility management function network element 1 (such as UE AMF1, VMRAMF1) receives first indication information from the first network device, and the first indication information also includes identification information of the second network device (such as donor NB2 ID or RAN2 ID). That is, the first network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element 1 (UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) that the target network device for the handover of the first device is the second network device. At this time, the access and mobility management function network element (UE AMF1) registered by the UE will determine the UE AMF2 connected to the second network device to provide services for the UE according to the identification information of the second network device in the received first indication information, and subsequently perform UE context migration between UE AMF1 and UE AMF2.
可选地,在场景二中,该方法还可以包括S660,接入和移动性管理功能网元1向统一数据库发送第一请求信息,相应地,统一数据库接收第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求统一数据库删除第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第一网络设备的关联关系。Optionally, in scenario 2, the method may further include S660, the access and mobility management function network element 1 sends first request information to the unified database, and correspondingly, the unified database receives the first request information, and the first request information is used to request the unified database to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the first network device.
例如,该接入和移动性管理功能网元1可以是VMR注册的接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如VMR AMF1),VMR AMF1与第一网络设备相连接,VMR AMF1向统一数据库发送第一请求信息,统一数据库根据接收到的第一请求信息,删除第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)和第一网络设备的关联关系。For example, the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a VMR-registered access and mobility management function network element (such as VMR AMF1), the VMR AMF1 is connected to the first network device, and the VMR AMF1 sends the first request information to the unified database, and the unified database deletes the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the received first request information.
需要说明,步骤S650可以用于触发步骤S660,在步骤S650中,donor gNB1向VMR AMF1和UE AMF1发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示删除第一网络设备和S-TAI的关联关系,可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息中还可以包含VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),VMR AMF1根据VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)判断出自己服务于VMR,从而触发VMR AMF1向统一数据库发送第一请求消息,请求统一数据库删除第一网络设备和S-TAI的关联关系。It should be noted that step S650 may be used to trigger step S660. In step S650, donor NB1 sends first indication information to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1, and the first indication information is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between the first network device and S-TAI. Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may also include VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), and VMR AMF1 judges according to the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) out to serve the VMR, thereby triggering the VMR AMF1 to send a first request message to the unified database, requesting the unified database to delete the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI.
应理解,步骤S660也可以是一个可选的步骤,即,接入和移动性管理功能网元1可以不向统一数据库发送请求消息去请求删除第一网络设备和S-TAI信息的关联关系。在一种可能的实现方式中,S641可以用于触发统一数据库删除第一网络设备和S-TAI信息的关联关系,换句话说,当VMR AMF2向统一数据库注册第二网络设备与S-TAI的关联关系,那么此时统一数据库就会删除第一网络设备和S-TAI的关联关系。It should be understood that step S660 may also be an optional step, that is, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 may not send a request message to the unified database to request deletion of the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI information. In a possible implementation manner, S641 may be used to trigger the unified database to delete the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI information. In other words, when the VMR AMF2 registers the association relationship between the second network device and the S-TAI with the unified database, then the unified database will delete the association relationship between the first network device and the S-TAI at this time.
可选地,在场景二中,该方法还可以包括:S670,接入和移动性管理功能网元1向统一数据库发送第一查询信息,相应地,统一数据库接收第一查询信息,该第一查询信息用于向统一数据库查询与第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备。Optionally, in scenario 2, the method may further include: S670, the access and mobility management function network element 1 sends first query information to the unified database, and correspondingly, the unified database receives the first query information, where the first query information is used to query the unified database for network devices associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device.
例如,该接入和移动性管理功能网元1可以是UE注册的接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF1),UE AMF1与第一网络设备相连接,UE AMF1向统一数据库发送第一查询信息,统一数据库根据接收到的第一查询信息中携带的S-TAI确定与第一设备的跟 踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是第二网络设备。For example, the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a UE registered access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1), UE AMF1 is connected to the first network device, UE AMF1 sends the first query information to the unified database, and the unified database determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device according to the S-TAI carried in the received first query information.
又例如,UE AMF1利用统一数据库的通用查询服务,UE AMF 1在第一查询信息中携带查询目标类型为gNB(或者RAN),查询索引为S-TAI,从而统一数据库确定与第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是第二网络设备。For another example, UE AMF1 utilizes the general query service of the unified database, UE AMF1 carries the query target type as gNB (or RAN) in the first query information, and the query index is S-TAI, so that the unified database determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device.
需要说明,步骤S670可以由步骤S650触发,即,UE AMF1根据接收到的第一指示信息删除第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系之后,可以判断该跟踪区域信息对应的第一设备离开了第一网络设备,此时UE AMF1需要获知与第一设备的跟踪区域信息相关联的新的网络设备,那么,UE AMF1会向统一数据库发送第一查询信息,去查询与第一设备的跟踪区域信息相关联的新的网络设备是哪一个。It should be noted that step S670 can be triggered by step S650, that is, after UE AMF1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the received first indication information, it can be judged that the first device corresponding to the tracking area information has left the first network device. At this time, UE AMF1 needs to know the new network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device. Then, UE AMF1 will send the first query information to the unified database to query which new network device is associated with the tracking area information of the first device. one.
S680,统一数据库向接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一响应信息,相应地,接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一响应信息,该第一响应信息中包括第二网络设备的标识信息。S680. The unified database sends first response information to the access and mobility management functional network element, and correspondingly, the access and mobility management functional network element receives the first response information, where the first response information includes the identification information of the second network device.
在场景二中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元1可以是UE注册的接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF1),UE AMF1与第一网络设备相连接。In Scenario 2, the access and mobility management function network element 1 may be a UE-registered access and mobility management function network element (for example, UE AMF1), and UE AMF1 is connected to the first network device.
在统一数据库确定与第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是第二网络设备后,统一数据库向UE AMF1发送第一响应信息,第一响应信息中包含第二网络设备的标识信息(例如donor gNB2 ID或RAN2 ID),即,统一数据库告知UE AMF1与第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是第二网络设备。After the unified database determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device, the unified database sends the first response information to UE AMF1, and the first response information includes the identification information of the second network device (such as donor NB2 ID or RAN2 ID), that is, the unified database informs UE AMF1 that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device is the second network device.
需要说明,S670是一个可选的步骤,即在接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF1)可提前向统一数据库订阅与第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备的变化情况,一旦与第一设备的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备的发生变化,例如从第一网络设备更改为第二网络设备,那么统一数据库直接向UE AMF1发送第一响应信息,即告知与第一设备的S-TAI相关联的网络设备更改为第二网络设备。It should be noted that S670 is an optional step, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1) can subscribe to the unified database in advance for the change of the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the first device. The network device is changed to a second network device.
在本申请实施例的技术方案中,当第一设备接入第一网络设备时,接入和移动性管理功能网元1保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系。当在第一设备从第一网络设备切换至第二网络设备时,移动管理功能网元2保存第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系,移动管理功能网元1删除之前保存的第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系,并从第一网络设备处获知第二网络设备的标识信息。通过上述技术方案,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与第一设备相关联的网络设备从第一设备变更为第二网络设备,进而当网络侧需要寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,能够准确定位到第二网络设备,不会出现网络侧寻呼第一设备和/或第一设备服务的UE时,网络侧指示第一网络设备发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, when the first device accesses the first network device, the access and mobility management functional network element 1 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device. When the first device is handed over from the first network device to the second network device, the mobility management function network element 2 saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device, and the mobility management function network element 1 deletes the previously saved association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device, and obtains the identification information of the second network device from the first network device. Through the above technical solution, the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the first device has been changed from the first device to the second network device, and then when the network side needs to page the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, it can accurately locate the second network device, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs the first network device to send a paging message when the network side pages the first device and/or the UE served by the first device, so that the network side can more accurately perform mobility management on the UE and avoid waste of resources.
为便于理解本申请,在下文的实施例中,统一用车载中继VMR来代替第一设备进行描述。To facilitate understanding of the present application, in the following embodiments, a vehicle-mounted relay VMR is used instead of the first device for description.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法700的示意性流程图,需要说明的是,方法700主要是对应于前文所述的场景一,即在VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2的移动过程中,不更换接入和移动性管理功能网元,即,接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF、VMR AMF)与donor gNB1和donor gNB2相连接。其中,UE AMF和VMR AMF可以是同一个AMF(即,这两个AMF之间的交互可通过内部交互实现),或者,也可以 是不同的AMF。以下以UE AMF和VMR AMF是不同的AMF为例进行描述。该方法至少包括以下步骤。7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 700 provided by the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the method 700 mainly corresponds to the first scenario described above, that is, during the movement of the VMR from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the access and mobility management function network element is not replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF, VMR AMF) is connected to donor gNB1 and donor gNB2 . Wherein, the UE AMF and the VMRAMF can be the same AMF (that is, the interaction between the two AMFs can be realized through internal interaction), or they can be different AMFs. The UE AMF and the VMMR AMF are different AMFs as an example for description below. The method at least includes the following steps.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,VMR服务的UE为空闲态的UE。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the UE served by the VMR is a UE in an idle state.
S710,VMR注册到网络(CN)中,并建立PDU会话。S710, the VMR registers with the network (CN), and establishes a PDU session.
例如,VMR注册到网络中,接入和移动性管理功能网元VMR AMF为VMR提供服务。VMR建立PDU会话,从而VMR通过用户面与OAM系统进行通信,OAM系统通过用户面向VMR返回该VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。随后VMR与donor gNB1中的CU进行信息交互,VMR通过F1setup流程将S-TAI注册到donor gNB 1的CU。此时,donor gNB 1的CU1更新对应的TAI列表。For example, the VMR is registered in the network, and the access and mobility management function network element VMR AMF provides services for the VMR. The VMR establishes a PDU session, so that the VMR communicates with the OAM system through the user plane, and the OAM system returns specific tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR to the VMR through the user. Then the VMR interacts with the CU in donor gNB1, and the VMR registers the S-TAI to the CU in donor gNB 1 through the F1setup process. At this time, CU1 of donor gNB 1 updates the corresponding TAI list.
S720,donor gNB1向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送VMR的S-TAI,相应地,UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元接收VMR的S-TAI。S720, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
例如,由于当前VMR通过donor gNB1进行通信,所以donor gNB1向与其建立过连接的AMF发送该VMR的S-TAI。而与donor gNB1建立过连接的AMF包括了UE AMF和VMR AMF,因此,可以理解为donor gNB1向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送VMR的S-TAI。VMR的S-TAI可参考图5的描述,此处不再赘述。For example, since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB1, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it. The AMF that has established a connection with the donor gNB1 includes the UE AMF and the VMRAMF. Therefore, it can be understood that the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element. For the S-TAI of the VMR, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
例如,donor gNB1可以通过配置更新消息1向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送VMR的S-TAI。也就是说,配置更新消息1中包括了VMR的S-TAI。For example, donor gNB1 can send the S-TAI of VMR to UE AMF network element and VMR AMF network element through configuration update message 1. That is to say, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
可选的,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息1中包括VMR的S-TAI和VMR指示信息,该VMR指示信息用于指示UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元该S-TAI为VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息。donor gNB1通过配置更新消息1(Ran configuration update1)向donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(包括UE AMF和VMR AMF)告知在其管辖范围内有一个VMR,并且该VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, where the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR. Donor gNB1 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB1 (including UE AMF and VMR AMF) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through configuration update message 1 (Ran configuration update1).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息1中可以仅包含VMR的S-TAI信息,即不包含VMR指示信息。其中,该S-TAI中包括特定的信息,通过特定的信息,UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元可以识别S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 1 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information. Wherein, the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,网络侧(CN)为VMR划定一个专属于VMR的TAI列表,那么UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元根据S-TAI是属于该TAI列表,从而识别出S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
需要说明的是,在VMR的移动过程中,VMR向其服务的UE所广播的跟踪区域信息是固定不变的,即为S-TAI。也就是说,即使VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2,VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)也是固定不变的。It should be noted that during the moving process of the VMR, the tracking area information broadcast by the VMR to the UE it serves is constant, that is, the S-TAI. That is to say, even if the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is fixed.
S730,UE通过VMR注册到网络中,UE AMF对UE进行接入和移动性管理,UE AMF根据UE的位置信息位于S-TAI信息所在的区域范围内,得知该UE是由VMR提供服务的,此时,UE AMF分配S-TAI作为UE的TAI List。相反,UE AMF根据UE的位置信息不是位于S-TAI信息所在的区域范围内,得知该UE不是由VMR提供服务的,那么UE AMF在为非该VMR服务的UE分配TAI List时,该TAI List中不包含S-TAI。S730, the UE registers in the network through the VMR, and the UE AMF performs access and mobility management on the UE. The UE AMF locates the UE in the area where the S-TAI information is located according to the location information of the UE, and learns that the UE is served by the VMR. At this time, the UE AMF assigns the S-TAI as the TAI List of the UE. On the contrary, the UE AMF knows that the UE is not served by the VMR according to the location information of the UE is not located in the area where the S-TAI information is located, then when the UE AMF allocates a TAI List for the UE not served by the VMR, the TAI List does not include S-TAI.
S740,VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2。S740, VMR switches from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2.
例如,对应前文所述的场景一,在VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2的过程中, 不更换UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元,换句话说,donor gNB1连接的AMF网元与donor gNB2连接的AMF网元是相同的,例如,donor gNB1连接UE AMF1和VMRAMF1,donor gNB1也连接UE AMF1和VMR AMF1。For example, corresponding to scenario 1 mentioned above, during the process of VMR switching from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the UE AMF network element and VMR AMF network element are not replaced. In other words, the AMF network element connected to donor gNB1 is the same as the AMF network element connected to donor gNB2. For example, donor gNB1 is connected to UE AMF1 and VMRAMF1, and donor gNB1 is also connected to UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1.
S750,VMR将从OAM系统中获得的S-TAI注册到donor gNB2中。S750. The VMR registers the S-TAI obtained from the OAM system into the donor gNB2.
例如,VMR与donor gNB2中的CU进行信息交互,VMR通过F1setup流程将S-TAI注册到donor gNB 2的CU2。此时,donor gNB 2的CU2更新对应的TAI列表。For example, VMR exchanges information with CU in donor gNB2, and VMR registers S-TAI to CU2 in donor gNB 2 through the F1setup process. At this time, CU2 of donor gNB 2 updates the corresponding TAI list.
S760,donor gNB2向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送VMR的S-TAI,相应地,UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元接收VMR的S-TAI。S760, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
例如,由于当前VMR通过donor gNB2进行通信,所以donor gNB2向与其建立过连接的AMF发送该VMR的S-TAI。而与donor gNB1建立过连接的AMF包括了UE AMF和VMR AMF,因此,可以理解为donor gNB2向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送了VMR的S-TAI。VMR的S-TAI可参考图5的描述,此处不再赘述。For example, since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB2, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it. The AMF that has established a connection with donor gNB1 includes UE AMF and VMR AMF. Therefore, it can be understood that donor gNB2 has sent the S-TAI of VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element. For the S-TAI of the VMR, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
例如,donor gNB2可以通过配置更新消息2向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送VMR的S-TAI。也就是说,配置更新消息2中包括了VMR的S-TAI。For example, the donor gNB2 can send the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element through the configuration update message 2. That is to say, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
可选的,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息2中包括VMR的S-TAI和VMR指示信息,该VMR指示信息用于指示UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元该S-TAI为VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息。donor gNB2通过配置更新消息2(Ran configuration update2)向donor gNB2相连的所有AMF(包括UE AMF和VMR AMF)告知在其管辖范围内有一个VMR,并且该VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, and the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR. Donor gNB2 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB2 (including UE AMF and VMR AMF) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through the configuration update message 2 (Ran configuration update2).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息2中可以仅包含VMR的S-TAI信息,即不包含VMR指示信息。其中,该S-TAI中包括特定的信息,通过特定的信息,UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元可以识别S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络侧(CN)为VMR划定一个专属于VMR的TAI列表,那么UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元根据S-TAI是属于该TAI列表,从而识别出S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 2 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information. Wherein, the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF network element and the VMMR AMF network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR. Or, in another possible implementation, the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
S770,donor gNB1向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送配置更新消息3。S770, the donor gNB1 sends a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element.
例如,配置更新消息3用于指示与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元)删除S-TAI,或者也可以说配置更新消息3用于指示与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF删除S-TAI与donor gNB1或者donor gNB1中CU1的关联关系。此时,VMR AMF1和UE AMF1根据接收到的配置更新消息3,配置更新消息3中包含donor gNB1的标识(例如gNB ID1),删除VMR的S-TAI和donor gNB1的关联关系。可以理解为,donor gNB1通知与其连接的所有AMF,donor gNB1的管辖范围下离开了一个VMR,该VMR的跟踪区域信息为S-TAI。那么也就意味着,与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元)获知与在后续的对于与该S-TAI对应的VMR和UE的处理,不会去找donor gNB1。For example, the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs (UE AMF network elements and VMR AMF network elements) connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the S-TAI, or it can also be said that the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the association between the S-TAI and the donor gNB1 or CU1 in the donor gNB1. At this point, the VMR AMF1 and the UE AMF1 delete the association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, which contains the identifier of the donor gNB1 (eg gNB ID1). It can be understood that the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it that a VMR is left under the jurisdiction of the donor gNB1, and the tracking area information of the VMR is S-TAI. Then it means that all AMFs (UE AMF network elements and VMR AMF network elements) connected to the donor gNB1 will not go to the donor gNB1 for the subsequent processing of the VMR and UE corresponding to the S-TAI.
例如,当网络需要寻呼该VMR和/或VMR所服务的UE时,VMR AMF和/或UE AMF网元可以准确地定位到donor gNB 2,不会出现网络寻呼VMR所服务的UE时,VMR AMF和/或UE AMF指示donor gNB 1发送寻呼消息的情况,从而避免造成资源的浪费。For example, when the network needs to page the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, the VMR AMF and/or the UE AMF network element can accurately locate the donor gNB 2, and when the network paging the UE served by the VMR, the VMR AMF and/or the UE AMF instruct the donor gNB 1 to send a paging message, thereby avoiding waste of resources.
需要说明,步骤S770也可以在步骤S740之后执行,可以理解为,步骤S740中的VMR 从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2,能够触发步骤S770中donor gNB1向UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元发送配置更新消息3,该配置更新消息3用于指示删除donor gNB1和S-TAI的关联关系。应理解,本申请实施例对执行顺序在此不作限制。It should be noted that step S770 can also be performed after step S740. It can be understood that the VMR in step S740 is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, which can trigger the donor gNB1 in step S770 to send a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF network element and the VMR AMF network element. The configuration update message 3 is used to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence here.
应理解,本申请还可以通过其他消息/信息来指示删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系,配置更新消息3仅是举例说明,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that this application may also use other messages/information to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information. The configuration update message 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the application does not limit it.
在本申请实施例的技术方案中,当VMR接入donor gNB1时,AMF(例如VMR AMF、UE AMF)保存VMR的S-TAI和donor gNB1的关联关系。当在VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2时,AMF(例如VMR AMF、UE AMF)删除之前保存的VMR的S-TAI和donor gNB1的关联关系。通过这一技术方案,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与VMR相关联的网络设备变更为donor gNB2,进而当网络侧需要寻呼VMR和/或VMR服务的UE时,能够准确定位到与VMR相关联的donor gNB2,不会出现网络侧寻呼VMR和/或VMR服务的UE时,网络侧指示其他网络设备(例如donor gNB1)发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, when the VMR accesses the donor gNB1, the AMF (such as VMR AMF, UE AMF) saves the association relationship between the VMR's S-TAI and the donor gNB1. When the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the AMF (such as VMR AMF, UE AMF) deletes the previously saved association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1. Through this technical solution, the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the VMR is changed to donor gNB2, and then when the network side needs to page the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, the donor gNB2 associated with the VMR can be accurately located, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs other network devices (such as donor gNB1) to send paging messages when the network side pages the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, so that the network side can more accurately respond to the UE. Carry out mobility management and avoid resource waste.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法800的示意性流程图,需要说明的是,方法800主要是对应于前文所述的场景二,即在VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2的移动过程中,更换接入和移动性管理功能网元,即,接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与donor gNB1相连接,接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)与donor gNB2相连接,其中,UE AMF1和VMR AMF1可以是同一个AMF,UE AMF2和VMR AMF2可以是同一个AMF,(即,两个AMF之间的交互可通过内部交互实现),或者,也可以是不同的AMF。以下以UE AMF和VMR AMF是不同的AMF为例进行描述。该方法至少包括以下步骤。8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 800 provided by the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the method 800 mainly corresponds to the second scenario described above, that is, during the moving process of VMR switching from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the donor gNB1, and the access and mobility management function network Elements (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) are connected to donor NB2, where UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1 can be the same AMF, UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2 can be the same AMF (that is, the interaction between the two AMFs can be realized through internal interaction), or they can be different AMFs. The UE AMF and the VMMR AMF are different AMFs as an example for description below. The method at least includes the following steps.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,VMR服务的UE为空闲态的UE。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the UE served by the VMR is a UE in an idle state.
S810,VMR注册到网络(CN)中,并建立PDU会话。S810, the VMR registers with the network (CN), and establishes a PDU session.
例如,VMR注册到网络中,接入和移动性管理功能网元VMR AMF1为VMR提供服务。VMR建立PDU会话,从而VMR通过用户面与OAM系统进行通信,OAM系统通过用户面向VMR返回该VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。随后VMR与donor gNB1中的CU1进行信息交互,VMR通过F1setup流程将S-TAI注册到donor gNB 1的CU1。此时,donor gNB 1的CU1更新对应的TAI列表。For example, the VMR is registered in the network, and the access and mobility management function network element VMR AMF1 provides services for the VMR. The VMR establishes a PDU session, so that the VMR communicates with the OAM system through the user plane, and the OAM system returns specific tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR to the VMR through the user. Then VMR interacts with CU1 in donor gNB1, and VMR registers S-TAI to CU1 in donor gNB 1 through the F1setup process. At this time, CU1 of donor gNB 1 updates the corresponding TAI list.
S820,donor gNB1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送VMR的S-TAI,相应地,UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元接收VMR的S-TAI。S820, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
例如,由于当前VMR通过donor gNB1进行通信,所以donor gNB1向与其建立过连接的AMF发送该VMR的S-TAI。而与donor gNB1建立过连接的AMF包括了UE AMF1和VMR AMF1,因此,可以理解为donor gNB1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送了VMR的S-TAI。VMR的S-TAI可参考图5的描述,此处不再赘述。For example, since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB1, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it. The AMFs that have established a connection with donor gNB1 include UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1. Therefore, it can be understood that donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of VMR to UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element. For the S-TAI of the VMR, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
例如,donor gNB1可以通过配置更新消息1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送VMR的S-TAI。也就是说,配置更新消息1中包括了VMR的S-TAI。For example, donor gNB1 can send the S-TAI of VMR to UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element through configuration update message 1. That is to say, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息1中包括VMR的S-TAI和VMR指示信息,该VMR指示信息用于指示UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元该S-TAI为VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息。donor gNB1通过配置更新消息1(Ran configuration update1)向 donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(包括UE AMF1和VMR AMF1)告知在其管辖范围内有一个VMR,并且该VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, where the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR. Donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to donor gNB1 (including UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through configuration update message 1 (Ran configuration update1).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息1中可以仅包含VMR的S-TAI信息,即不包含VMR指示信息。其中,该S-TAI中包括特定的信息,通过特定的信息,UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元可以识别S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络侧(CN)为VMR划定一个专属于VMR的TAI列表,那么UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元根据S-TAI是属于该TAI列表,从而识别出S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 1 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information. Wherein, the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR. Or, in another possible implementation, the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
需要说明的是,在VMR的移动过程中,VMR向其服务的UE所广播的跟踪区域信息是固定不变的,即为S-TAI。也就是说,即使VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2,VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)也是固定不变的。It should be noted that during the moving process of the VMR, the tracking area information broadcast by the VMR to the UE it serves is constant, that is, the S-TAI. That is to say, even if the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is fixed.
S830,UE通过VMR注册到网络中,UE AMF1对VMR进行接入和移动性管理,UE AMF1根据UE的位置信息位于S-TAI信息所在的区域范围内,得知该UE是由VMR提供服务的,此时,UE AMF1分配S-TAI作为UE的TAI List。相反,UE AMF1根据UE的位置信息不是位于S-TAI信息所在的区域范围内,得知该UE不是由VMR提供服务的,那么UE AMF1在为非该VMR服务的UE分配TAI List时,该TAI List中不包含S-TAI。S830, the UE registers in the network through the VMR, and the UE AMF1 performs access and mobility management on the VMR. The UE AMF1 locates within the area where the S-TAI information is located according to the location information of the UE, and learns that the UE is served by the VMR. At this time, the UE AMF1 allocates the S-TAI as the TAI List of the UE. On the contrary, UE AMF1 knows that the UE is not served by the VMR according to the location information of the UE is not located in the area where the S-TAI information is located, then when UE AMF1 allocates a TAI List for a UE not served by the VMR, the TAI List does not include S-TAI.
S840,VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2。S840, the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2.
例如,在VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2的过程中,更换UE AMF网元和VMR AMF网元,换句话说,donor gNB1连接的AMF网元与donor gNB2连接的AMF网元是不同的,例如,donor gNB1连接UE AMF1和VMRAMF1,donor gNB2连接UE AMF2和VMR AMF2。For example, during the process of VMR switching from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the UE AMF network element and VMR AMF network element are replaced. In other words, the AMF network element connected to donor gNB1 is different from the AMF network element connected to donor gNB2. For example, donor gNB1 is connected to UE AMF1 and VMRAMF1, and donor gNB2 is connected to UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2 .
S850,VMR将从OAM系统中获得的S-TAI注册到donor gNB2中。需要说明,S850类似于S750,为了简便,本申请在此不再赘述。S850. The VMR registers the S-TAI obtained from the OAM system into the donor gNB2. It should be noted that the S850 is similar to the S750, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
S860,donor gNB2向UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元VMR的S-TAI,相应地,UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元接收VMR的S-TAI。S860, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element receive the S-TAI of the VMR.
例如,由于当前VMR通过donor gNB2进行通信,所以donor gNB2向与其建立过连接的AMF发送该VMR的S-TAI。而与donor gNB1建立过连接的AMF包括了UE AMF2和VMR AMF2,因此,可以理解为donor gNB2向UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元发送了VMR的S-TAI。VMR的S-TAI可参考图5的描述,此处不再赘述。For example, since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB2, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it. The AMFs that have established a connection with donor gNB1 include UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2. Therefore, it can be understood that donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element. For the S-TAI of the VMR, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
例如,donor gNB2可以通过配置更新消息2向UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元发送VMR的S-TAI。也就是说,配置更新消息2中包括了VMR的S-TAI。For example, the donor gNB2 can send the S-TAI of the VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element through the configuration update message 2. That is to say, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息2中包括VMR的S-TAI和VMR指示信息,该VMR指示信息用于指示UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元该S-TAI为VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息。例如,donor gNB2通过配置更新消息2(Ran configuration update2)向donor gNB2相连的所有AMF(包括UE AMF2和VMR AMF2)告知在其管辖范围内有一个VMR,并且该VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR indication information, and the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element. The S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR. For example, donor gNB2 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB2 (including UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through a configuration update message 2 (Ran configuration update2).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息2中可以仅包含VMR的S-TAI信息,即不包含VMR指示信息。其中,该S-TAI中包括特定的信息,通过特定的信息,UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元可以识别S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息 (S-TAI)。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络侧(CN)为VMR划定一个专属于VMR的TAI列表,那么UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元根据S-TAI是属于该TAI列表,从而识别出S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 2 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR, that is, not include the VMR indication information. Wherein, the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR. Or, in another possible implementation, the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
S870,donor gNB1向VMR AMF1和UE AMF1发送配置更新消息3,相应地,VMR AMF1和UE AMF1接收donor gNB1发送的配置更新消息3。S870. Donor gNB1 sends configuration update message 3 to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1. Correspondingly, VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1 receive configuration update message 3 sent by donor gNB1.
例如,配置更新消息3用于指示与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元)删除S-TAI,或者也可以说配置更新消息3用于指示与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF删除S-TAI与donor gNB1或者donor gNB1中CU1的关联关系。此时,VMR AMF1和UE AMF1根据接收到的配置更新消息3,配置更新消息3中包含donor gNB1的标识(例如gNB ID1),删除VMR的S-TAI和donor gNB1的关联关系。可以理解为,donor gNB1通知与其连接的所有AMF,donor gNB1的管辖范围下离开了一个VMR,该VMR的跟踪区域信息为S-TAI。那么也就意味着,与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(UE AMF1和VMR AMF1)获知与在后续的对于与该S-TAI对应的VMR和UE的处理,不会去找donor gNB1。For example, the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs (UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element) connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the S-TAI, or it can also be said that the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI and the donor gNB1 or CU1 in the donor gNB1. At this point, the VMR AMF1 and the UE AMF1 delete the association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, which contains the identifier of the donor gNB1 (eg gNB ID1). It can be understood that the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it that a VMR is left under the jurisdiction of the donor gNB1, and the tracking area information of the VMR is S-TAI. Then it means that all AMFs (UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) connected to donor gNB1 will not go to donor gNB1 for the subsequent processing of the VMR and UE corresponding to the S-TAI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息3中包括第二网络设备的标识信息(例如donor gNB2 ID),例如,donor gNB1通知与其连接的所有AMF(例如UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)VMR切换的目标网络设备为donor gNB2。In a possible implementation, the configuration update message 3 includes the identification information (such as donor gNB2 ID) of the second network device, for example, the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) that the target network device of the VMR handover is donor gNB2.
需要说明,步骤S870也可以在步骤S840之后执行,可以理解为,步骤S840中的VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2,能够触发步骤S870中donor gNB1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送配置更新消息3。应理解,本申请实施例对执行顺序在此不作限制。It should be noted that step S870 can also be executed after step S840. It can be understood that the VMR in step S840 is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, which can trigger donor gNB1 in step S870 to send a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence here.
S880,UE AMF 1根据接收到的配置更新消息3中包括的第二网络设备的标识信息,选择donor gNB2连接的UE AMF2为UE提供服务。S880, UE AMF 1 selects UE AMF 2 connected to donor gNB 2 to provide services for the UE according to the identification information of the second network device included in the received configuration update message 3.
需要说明,在S880之前,donor gNB2与所有相连的AMF网元交互,其中包括前文所述的UE AMF2,但是需要注意的是,在S880之前,并没有确定哪个具体的AMF来接替UE AMF1为UE提供服务,即,在S880之前,并没有确定UE AMF2为UE提供服务。但是,因为UE AMF2是和donor gNB2建立过连接的,所以步骤S860中接收donor gNB2发送的VMR的S-TAI的AMF中包括了后续为UE确定的UE AMF2。It should be noted that before S880, donor gNB2 interacts with all connected AMF network elements, including UE AMF2 mentioned above, but it should be noted that before S880, it is not determined which specific AMF will replace UE AMF1 to provide services for UE, that is, before S880, it is not determined that UE AMF2 provides services for UE. However, because the UE AMF2 has established a connection with the donor gNB2, the AMF of the S-TAI of the VMR sent by the donor gNB2 in step S860 includes the UE AMF2 subsequently determined for the UE.
应理解,本申请还可以通过其他消息/信息来指示删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系,配置更新消息3仅是举例说明,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that this application may also use other messages/information to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information. The configuration update message 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the application does not limit it.
S890,UE AMF1与UE AMF2进行上下文迁移。S890, UE AMF1 and UE AMF2 perform context migration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UE AMF 1通过Namf_Communication_Create UE Context服务请求UE AMF 2建立UE上下文,其中,UE上下文包含该UE是被VMR服务的指示信息,具体而言,该指示信息可以是一个直接的指示标识信息。In a possible implementation, the UE AMF 1 requests the UE AMF 2 to establish a UE context through the Namf_Communication_Create UE Context service, where the UE context includes indication information that the UE is served by the VMR, specifically, the indication information may be a direct indication identification information.
作为一个示例,若该指示标识信息置为“1”或“TRUE”,表示该UE是被VMR服务的;若该指示标识信息置为“0”或“FALSE”,表示该UE是不被VMR服务的。As an example, if the indication information is set to "1" or "TRUE", it means that the UE is served by the VMR; if the indication information is set to "0" or "FALSE", it means that the UE is not served by the VMR.
作为又一个示例,网络侧(CN)在划分TAI时,将特定的TAI作为专属VMR的TAI,可以理解为,当TAI属于特定的S-TAI时,表明该S-TAI为VMR的跟踪区域信息,即,UE是被VMR服务的。那么AMF网元可以通过根据UE的S-TAI来判断UE是被VMR 服务的。As another example, when the network side (CN) divides the TAI, the specific TAI is used as the TAI dedicated to the VMR. It can be understood that when the TAI belongs to a specific S-TAI, it indicates that the S-TAI is the tracking area information of the VMR, that is, the UE is served by the VMR. Then the AMF network element can judge that the UE is served by the VMR according to the S-TAI of the UE.
或者,在一种可能的实现方式中,UE AMF 1指示UE AMF 2通过Namf_Communication_UE Context Transfer服务从UE AMF 1获取UE上下文。其中,UE上下文包含该UE是被VMR服务的指示信息。并且UE AMF 1指示UE AMF 2获得UE上下文的指示信息中还可以包含目标AMF(例如,UE AMF 1)的标识信息。Or, in a possible implementation, the UE AMF 1 instructs the UE AMF 2 to obtain the UE context from the UE AMF 1 through the Namf_Communication_UE Context Transfer service. Wherein, the UE context includes indication information that the UE is served by the VMR. And the indication information that UE AMF 1 instructs UE AMF 2 to obtain the UE context may also include the identification information of the target AMF (for example, UE AMF 1).
需要说明,该指示信息可以是一个直接的指示标识信息。例如,若该指示标识信息置为“1”或“TRUE”,表示该UE是被VMR服务的;若该指示标识信息置为“0”或“FALSE”,表示该UE是不被VMR服务的。It should be noted that the indication information may be direct indication identification information. For example, if the indication information is set to "1" or "TRUE", it means that the UE is served by the VMR; if the indication information is set to "0" or "FALSE", it means that the UE is not served by the VMR.
还需说明,步骤S890是由步骤S870触发,即,UE AMF 1收到步骤S870的配置更新消息3后,识别出donor gNB 1不再为S-TAI对应的VMR提供服务,而由donor gNB2来为VMR提供服务。由于UE AMF 1与donor gNB2不能相连(或许出于负载均衡的考虑),UE AMF1根据donor gNB2选择目标UE AMF,即UE AMF 2,来为UE提供服务。随后,由于UE AMF1推断出S-TAI对应的UE移出了自己的服务范围,此时UE AMF1需要将对应UE的上下文迁移到UE AMF 2。It should also be noted that step S890 is triggered by step S870, that is, after UE AMF 1 receives the configuration update message 3 in step S870, it recognizes that donor gNB 1 no longer provides services for the VMR corresponding to the S-TAI, and donor gNB2 provides services for the VMR. Since UE AMF 1 and donor gNB2 cannot be connected (perhaps due to load balancing considerations), UE AMF1 selects the target UE AMF, namely UE AMF 2, according to donor gNB2 to provide services for UE. Subsequently, since UE AMF1 deduces that the UE corresponding to the S-TAI has moved out of its service range, UE AMF1 needs to migrate the context of the corresponding UE to UE AMF 2.
S8100,UE AMF 2请求SMF更新对应的SM上下文。S8100, the UE AMF 2 requests the SMF to update the corresponding SM context.
例如,UE AMF 2根据S890中的上下文信息中的PDU会话标识和SMF信息,分别向对应的SMF网元请求更新PDU会话的SM上下文,SMF将UE AMF 1更换为UE AMF2。For example, UE AMF 2 requests the corresponding SMF network element to update the SM context of the PDU session according to the PDU session identifier and SMF information in the context information in S890, and the SMF replaces UE AMF 1 with UE AMF2.
S8110,UE AMF 2为UE分配全球范围内标识用户身份的临时号码(5G-globally unique temporary identifier,5G-GUTI),发起5G-GUTI更新流程,并且注册到UDM。S8110. The UE AMF 2 allocates a temporary number (5G-globally unique temporary identifier, 5G-GUTI) for the UE to identify the user identity globally, initiates a 5G-GUTI update process, and registers with the UDM.
在本申请实施例的技术方案中,当VMR接入donor gNB1时,与donor gNB1相连接的VMR AMF和UE AMF1保存VMR的S-TAI和donor gNB1的关联关系。当在VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2时,VMR AMF1和UE AMF1删除之前保存的VMR的S-TAI和donor gNB1的关联关系,并且从donor gNB1处获知donor gNB2的标识信息(ID)。通过这一技术方案,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与VMR相关联的网络设备已经更改为donor gNB2,进而当网络侧需要寻呼VMR和/或VMR服务的UE时,能够准确定位到与VMR相关联的donor gNB2,不会出现网络侧寻呼VMR和/或VMR服务的UE时,网络侧指示其他网络设备(例如donor gNB1)发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。In the technical solution of the embodiment of this application, when the VMR accesses the donor gNB1, the VMR AMF and the UE AMF1 connected to the donor gNB1 save the association relationship between the VMR's S-TAI and the donor gNB1. When the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1 delete the previously saved association between the S-TAI of VMR and donor gNB1, and obtain the identification information (ID) of donor gNB2 from donor gNB1. Through this technical solution, the network side can be informed in time that the network device associated with the VMR has been changed to donor gNB2, and then when the network side needs to page the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, it can accurately locate the donor gNB2 associated with the VMR, and when the network side pages the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, the network side instructs other network devices (such as donor gNB1) to send paging messages, so that the network side can more accurately respond The UE performs mobility management and avoids waste of resources.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法900的示意性流程图,需要说明的是,方法900主要是对应于前文所述的场景二,即在VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2的移动过程中,更换接入和移动性管理功能网元,即,接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF1、VMR AMF1)与donor gNB1相连接,接入和移动性管理功能网元(例如UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)与donor gNB2相连接,其中,UE AMF1和VMR AMF1可以是同一个AMF,UE AMF2和VMR AMF2可以是同一个AMF,(即,两个AMF之间的交互可通过内部交互实现),或者,也可以是不同的AMF。以下以UE AMF和VMR AMF是不同的AMF为例进行描述。该方法至少包括以下步骤。9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 900 provided by the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the method 900 mainly corresponds to the second scenario described above, that is, during the moving process of the VMR switching from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the access and mobility management function network element is replaced, that is, the access and mobility management function network element (such as UE AMF1, VMR AMF1) is connected to the donor gNB1, and the access and mobility management function network Elements (such as UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) are connected to donor NB2, where UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1 can be the same AMF, UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2 can be the same AMF (that is, the interaction between the two AMFs can be realized through internal interaction), or they can be different AMFs. The UE AMF and the VMMR AMF are different AMFs as an example for description below. The method at least includes the following steps.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,VMR服务的UE为空闲态的UE。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the UE served by the VMR is a UE in an idle state.
S910,VMR注册到网络(CN)中,并建立PDU会话。S910, the VMR registers with the network (CN), and establishes a PDU session.
需要说明,S910类似于S810,为了简便,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that S910 is similar to S810, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
S920,donor gNB1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),相应地,UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元接收VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。S920, donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element receive the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR.
例如,由于当前VMR通过donor gNB1进行通信,所以donor gNB1向与其建立过连接的AMF发送该VMR的S-TAI。而与donor gNB1建立过连接的AMF包括了UE AMF1和VMR AMF1,因此,可以理解为donor gNB1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送了VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。VMR的S-TAI可参考图5的描述,此处不再赘述。For example, since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB1, the donor gNB1 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it. The AMF that has established a connection with the donor gNB1 includes UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1. Therefore, it can be understood that the donor gNB1 has sent the S-TAI and VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) of the VMR to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element. For the S-TAI of the VMR, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
例如,donor gNB1可以通过配置更新消息1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。也就是说,配置更新消息1中包括了VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。For example, the donor gNB1 can send the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element through the configuration update message 1. That is to say, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息1中包括VMR的S-TAI、VMR指示信息以及VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),该VMR指示信息用于指示UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元该S-TAI为VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息。donor gNB1通过配置更新消息1(Ran configuration update1)向donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(包括UE AMF1和VMR AMF1)告知在其管辖范围内有一个VMR,并且该VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 1 includes the S-TAI of the VMR, VMR indication information, and VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element. The S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR. Donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to donor gNB1 (including UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through configuration update message 1 (Ran configuration update1).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息1中也可以仅包含VMR的S-TAI信息以及VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),即不包含VMR指示信息。其中,该S-TAI中包括特定的信息,通过特定的信息,UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元可以识别S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络侧(CN)为VMR划定一个专属于VMR的TAI列表,那么UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元根据S-TAI是属于该TAI列表,从而识别出S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 1 may also only include the S-TAI information of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), that is, no VMR indication information. Wherein, the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR. Or, in another possible implementation, the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
需要说明的是,在VMR的移动过程中,VMR向其服务的UE所广播的跟踪区域信息是固定不变的,即为S-TAI。也就是说,即使VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2,VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)也是固定不变的。It should be noted that during the moving process of the VMR, the tracking area information broadcast by the VMR to the UE it serves is constant, that is, the S-TAI. That is to say, even if the VMR is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is fixed.
S930,VMR AMF1向UDR注册donor gNB1与S-TAI的关联关系,相应地,UDR保存donor gNB1与S-TAI的关联关系。S930, the VMR AMF1 registers the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI with the UDR, and correspondingly, the UDR stores the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI.
例如,VMR AMF1根据S920中的VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)判断出自己服务于该VMR,从而VMR AMF 1将donor gNB 1和S-TAI的关联关系注册到UDR。该注册消息中包括donor gNB1ID(或RAN1ID)与S-TAI。而其他收到步骤S920消息的AMF判断自己未服务该VMR,可以不用向UDR注册关联关系。For example, the VMR AMF1 determines that it serves the VMR according to the VMR identification information (such as the VMR ID1) in the S920, so that the VMR AMF 1 registers the association relationship between the donor NB 1 and the S-TAI in the UDR. The registration message includes donor gNB1ID (or RAN1ID) and S-TAI. However, other AMFs that receive the message in step S920 judge that they do not serve the VMR, and may not need to register the association relationship with the UDR.
需要说明,上述注册消息中可以不包含VMR ID。It should be noted that the above registration message may not include the VMR ID.
应理解,该关联关系可以是donor gNB1与VMR的S-TAI的关联关系,也可以是位于donor gNB1的CU1与VMR的S-TAI的关联关系,本申请实施例在此不作限制。It should be understood that the association relationship may be the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI of the VMR, or the association relationship between the CU1 located in the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI of the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S940,UE通过VMR注册到网络中,UE AMF1对VMR进行接入和移动性管理,UE AMF1根据UE的位置信息位于S-TAI信息所在的区域范围内,得知该UE是由VMR提供服务的,此时,UE AMF1分配S-TAI作为UE的TAI List。相反,UE AMF1根据UE 的位置信息不是位于S-TAI信息所在的区域范围内,得知该UE不是由VMR提供服务的,那么UE AMF1在为非该VMR服务的UE分配TAI List时,该TAI List中不包含S-TAI。S940, the UE registers in the network through the VMR, and the UE AMF1 performs access and mobility management on the VMR. The UE AMF1 locates within the area where the S-TAI information is located according to the location information of the UE, and learns that the UE is served by the VMR. At this time, the UE AMF1 allocates the S-TAI as the TAI List of the UE. On the contrary, UE AMF1 learns that the UE is not served by the VMR according to the fact that the location information of the UE is not located within the area where the S-TAI information is located. Then, when UE AMF1 allocates a TAI List for a UE not served by the VMR, the TAI List does not include S-TAI.
S950,VMR从donor gNB1切换到donor gNB2。S950, VMR switches from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2.
S960,VMR将从OAM系统中获得的S-TAI注册到donor gNB2中。S960. The VMR registers the S-TAI obtained from the OAM system into the donor gNB2.
需要说明,S940-S960类似于S840-S860,为了简便,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that S940-S960 is similar to S840-S860, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
S970,donor gNB2向UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元发送VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),相应地,UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元接收VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。S970, the donor NB2 sends the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element, and correspondingly, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element receive the S-TAI and VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1) of the VMR.
例如,由于当前VMR通过donor gNB2进行通信,所以donor gNB2向与其建立过连接的AMF发送该VMR的S-TAI。而与donor gNB2建立过连接的AMF包括了UE AMF2和VMR AMF2,因此,可以理解为donor gNB2向UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元发送了VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。VMR的S-TAI可参考图5的描述,此处不再赘述。For example, since the current VMR communicates through the donor gNB2, the donor gNB2 sends the S-TAI of the VMR to the AMF that has established a connection with it. The AMF that has established a connection with the donor gNB2 includes UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2. Therefore, it can be understood that the donor gNB2 has sent the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element. For the S-TAI of the VMR, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
例如,donor gNB2可以通过配置更新消息2向UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元发送VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。也就是说,配置更新消息2中包括了VMR的S-TAI和VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。For example, the donor gNB2 can send the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) to the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element through the configuration update message 2. That is to say, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR and the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息2中包括VMR的S-TAI、VMR指示信息以及VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),该VMR指示信息用于指示UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元该S-TAI为VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息。donor gNB2通过配置更新消息2(Ran configuration update2)向donor gNB2相连的所有AMF(包括UE AMF2和VMR AMF2)告知在其管辖范围内有一个VMR,并且该VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 2 includes the S-TAI of the VMR, VMR indication information, and VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), the VMR indication information is used to indicate the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element. The S-TAI is specific tracking area information of the VMR. Donor gNB2 informs all AMFs connected to donor gNB2 (including UE AMF2 and VMR AMF2) that there is a VMR within its jurisdiction and the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR through the configuration update message 2 (Ran configuration update2).
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息2中也可以仅包含VMR的S-TAI信息以及VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),即不包含VMR指示信息。其中,该S-TAI中包括特定的信息,通过特定的信息,UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元可以识别S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络侧(CN)为VMR划定一个专属于VMR的TAI列表,那么UE AMF2网元和VMR AMF2网元根据S-TAI是属于该TAI列表,从而识别出S-TAI是专属VMR的特定的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 2 may only include the S-TAI information of the VMR and the VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1), that is, the VMR indication information is not included. Wherein, the S-TAI includes specific information, and through the specific information, the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element can identify that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR. Or, in another possible implementation, the network side (CN) defines a VMR-specific TAI list for the VMR, then the UE AMF2 network element and the VMR AMF2 network element belong to the TAI list according to the S-TAI, thereby identifying that the S-TAI is specific tracking area information (S-TAI) dedicated to the VMR.
S980,VMR AMF2向UDR注册donor gNB2与S-TAI的关联关系,相应地,UDR保存donor gNB2与S-TAI的关联关系。S980, the VMR AMF2 registers the association relationship between the donor gNB2 and the S-TAI with the UDR, and correspondingly, the UDR stores the association relationship between the donor gNB2 and the S-TAI.
例如,VMR AMF2根据S970中的VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)判断出自己服务于VMR,从而VMR AMF 2将donor gNB 2和S-TAI的关联关系注册到UDR。该注册消息中包括donor gNB2 ID(或RAN2 ID)与S-TAI。而其他收到步骤S970消息的AMF判断自己未服务该VMR,不用向UDR注册关联关系。For example, the VMR AMF2 determines that it serves the VMR according to the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1) in the S970, so that the VMR AMF 2 registers the association relationship between the donor NB 2 and the S-TAI in the UDR. The registration message includes donor gNB2 ID (or RAN2 ID) and S-TAI. However, other AMFs that receive the message in step S970 judge that they do not serve the VMR, and do not need to register the association relationship with the UDR.
需要说明,上述注册消息中也可以不包含VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)。It should be noted that the above registration message may not include VMR identification information (for example, VMR ID1).
应理解,该关联关系可以是donor gNB2与VMR的S-TAI的关联关系,也可以是位于donor gNB2的CU2与VMR的S-TAI的关联关系,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the association relationship may be the association relationship between the donor NB2 and the S-TAI of the VMR, or the association relationship between the CU2 located in the donor NB2 and the S-TAI of the VMR, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S990,donor gNB1向VMR AMF1和UE AMF1发送配置更新消息3,相应地,VMR AMF1和UE AMF1接收donor gNB1发送的配置更新消息3。S990, donor gNB1 sends configuration update message 3 to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1, and correspondingly, VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1 receive configuration update message 3 sent by donor gNB1.
例如,配置更新消息3用于指示与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元)删除S-TAI,或者也可以说配置更新消息3用于指示与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF删除S-TAI与donor gNB1或者donor gNB1中CU1的关联关系。此时,VMR AMF1和UE AMF1根据接收到的配置更新消息3,配置更新消息3中包含donor gNB1的标识(例如gNB ID1),删除VMR的S-TAI和donor gNB1的关联关系。可以理解为,donor gNB1通知与其连接的所有AMF,donor gNB1的管辖范围下离开了一个VMR,该VMR的跟踪区域信息为S-TAI。那么也就意味着,与donor gNB1相连的所有AMF(UE AMF1和VMR AMF1)获知与在后续的对于与该S-TAI对应的VMR和UE的处理,不会去找donor gNB1。For example, the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs (UE AMF1 network element and VMR AMF1 network element) connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the S-TAI, or it can also be said that the configuration update message 3 is used to instruct all AMFs connected to the donor gNB1 to delete the association relationship between the S-TAI and the donor gNB1 or CU1 in the donor gNB1. At this point, the VMR AMF1 and the UE AMF1 delete the association between the S-TAI of the VMR and the donor gNB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, which contains the identifier of the donor gNB1 (eg gNB ID1). It can be understood that the donor gNB1 notifies all AMFs connected to it that a VMR is left under the jurisdiction of the donor gNB1, and the tracking area information of the VMR is S-TAI. Then it means that all AMFs (UE AMF1 and VMR AMF1) connected to donor gNB1 will not go to donor gNB1 for the subsequent processing of the VMR and UE corresponding to the S-TAI.
需要说明,步骤S990也可以在步骤S950之后执行,可以理解为,步骤S950中的VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2,能够触发步骤S990中donor gNB1向UE AMF1网元和VMR AMF1网元发送配置更新消息3。应理解,本申请实施例对执行顺序在此不作限制。It should be noted that step S990 can also be executed after step S950, and it can be understood that the VMR in step S950 is switched from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, which can trigger donor gNB1 in step S990 to send a configuration update message 3 to the UE AMF1 network element and the VMR AMF1 network element. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence here.
S9100,VMR AMF1向UDR发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求UDR删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系。相应地,UDR接收该请求消息,并根据该请求消息删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系。S9100. The VMR AMF1 sends a request message to the UDR, where the request message is used to request the UDR to delete the association relationship between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI information. Correspondingly, the UDR receives the request message, and deletes the association between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information according to the request message.
需要说明,步骤S990可以用于触发步骤S9100,在步骤S990中,donor gNB1向VMR AMF1和UE AMF1发送配置更新消息3,配置更新消息3用于指示删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系。可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置更新消息3中可以包含VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1),VMR AMF1根据VMR标识信息(例如VMR ID1)判断出自己服务于VMR,从而触发VMR AMF1向UDR发送请求消息,请求UDR删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系。It should be noted that step S990 can be used to trigger step S9100. In step S990, donor gNB1 sends a configuration update message 3 to VMR AMF1 and UE AMF1, and the configuration update message 3 is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information. Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration update message 3 may include VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), and the VMR AMF1 determines that it serves the VMR according to the VMR identification information (such as VMR ID1), thereby triggering the VMR AMF1 to send a request message to the UDR, requesting the UDR to delete the association between the donor gNB1 and the S-TAI information.
应理解,本申请还可以通过其他消息/信息来指示删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系,配置更新消息3仅是举例说明,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that this application may also use other messages/information to indicate the deletion of the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information. The configuration update message 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the application does not limit it.
应理解,步骤S9100也可以是一个可选的步骤,即,VMR AMF1可以不向UDR发送请求消息去请求UDR删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系。在一种可能的实现方式中,S980可以用于触发UDR删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系,换句话说,当VMR AMF2向UDR注册donor gNB2与S-TAI的关联关系,那么此时UDR就会删除donor gNB1和S-TAI信息的关联关系。It should be understood that step S9100 may also be an optional step, that is, VMR AMF1 may not send a request message to UDR to request UDR to delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information. In a possible implementation, S980 can be used to trigger UDR to delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information. In other words, when VMR AMF2 registers the association relationship between donor gNB2 and S-TAI with UDR, then UDR will delete the association relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI information at this time.
S9110,UE AMF1向UDR发送查询消息,该查询消息用于查询与S-TAI信息相关联的网络设备。相应地,UDR接收查询消息。S9110, UE AMF1 sends a query message to the UDR, where the query message is used to query the network device associated with the S-TAI information. Correspondingly, the UDR receives the query message.
例如,UE AMF1向UDR发送查询消息,UDR根据接收到的查询消息中携带的S-TAI确定与VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是donor gNB2。For example, UE AMF1 sends a query message to UDR, and UDR determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor NB2 according to the S-TAI carried in the received query message.
又例如,UE AMF1利用UDR的通用查询服务,UE AMF 1在查询消息中携带查询目标类型为gNB(或者RAN),查询索引为S-TAI,从而UDR确定与VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是donor gNB2。For another example, UE AMF1 utilizes the general query service of UDR, UE AMF 1 carries the query target type as gNB (or RAN) in the query message, and the query index is S-TAI, so that UDR determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor gNB2.
需要说明,步骤S9110可以由步骤S990触发,即,UE AMF1根据接收到的配置更新消息3删除VMR的跟踪区域信息和donor gNB1的关联关系之后,可以判断该S-TAI对应的VMR离开了donor gNB1,此时UE AMF1需要获知与VMR的跟踪区域信息相关联 的新的网络设备,那么,UE AMF1会向UDR发送查询消息,去查询与VMR的跟踪区域信息相关联的新的网络设备是哪一个。It should be noted that step S9110 can be triggered by step S990, that is, after UE AMF1 deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the VMR and the donor NB1 according to the received configuration update message 3, it can be judged that the VMR corresponding to the S-TAI has left the donor gNB1. At this time, UE AMF1 needs to know the new network device associated with the tracking area information of the VMR. Then, UE AMF1 will send a query message to the UDR to query the VMR. Which one is the tracking area information associated with the new network device.
S9120,UDR向UE AMF1发送响应消息,该响应消息中包括第二网络设备的标识信息(例如donor gNB2 ID),相应地,UE AMF1接收UDR发送的响应消息。S9120, the UDR sends a response message to the UE AMF1, and the response message includes the identification information of the second network device (for example, donor NB2 ID), and correspondingly, the UE AMF1 receives the response message sent by the UDR.
S9130,UE AMF 1根据接收到的响应消息确定与S-TAI相关联的网络设备是donor gNB2,进一步地,选择donor gNB2连接的UE AMF2,为UE提供服务。S9130, UE AMF 1 determines that the network device associated with the S-TAI is donor gNB2 according to the received response message, and further selects UE AMF2 connected to donor gNB2 to provide services for the UE.
在UDR确定与VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是donor gNB2后,UDR向UE AMF1发送响应消息,响应消息中包含donor gNB2的标识信息(例如donor gNB2 ID或RAN2 ID),即,UDR告知UE AMF1与VMR的跟踪区域信息(S-TAI)相关联的网络设备是donor gNB2。After the UDR determines that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor gNB2, the UDR sends a response message to the UE AMF1, and the response message includes the identification information of the donor gNB2 (such as donor gNB2 ID or RAN2 ID), that is, the UDR informs the UE AMF1 that the network device associated with the tracking area information (S-TAI) of the VMR is donor gNB2.
需要说明,在S9130之前,donor gNB2与所有相连的AMF网元交互,其中包括前文所述的UE AMF2,但是需要注意的是,在S9130之前,并没有确定具体的AMF为UE提供服务以接替UE AMF1,即,在S9130之前,并没有确定UE AMF2为UE提供服务。It should be noted that before S9130, donor gNB2 interacts with all connected AMF network elements, including UE AMF2 mentioned above, but it should be noted that before S9130, no specific AMF is determined to provide services for UE to replace UE AMF1, that is, before S9130, it is not determined that UE AMF2 provides services for UE.
S9140,UE AMF1与UE AMF2进行上下文迁移。需要说明,S9140类似于S890,为了简便,本申请在此不再赘述。S9140, UE AMF1 and UE AMF2 perform context migration. It should be noted that the S9140 is similar to the S890, and for the sake of brevity, the present application will not repeat them here.
还需说明,步骤S9140可以是由步骤S990和步骤9120触发,即,UE AMF 1收到步骤S990的配置更新消息3后,识别出donor gNB 1不再为S-TAI对应的VMR提供服务。UE AMF1根据步骤9120中响应消息中包含的donor gNB2的标识信息,确定此时由donor gNB2来为VMR提供服务,由于UE AMF 1与donor gNB2不能相连(或许出于负载均衡的考虑),因此donor gNB2选择目标UE AMF,即UE AMF 2,来为UE提供服务。随后,由于UE AMF1推断出S-TAI对应的UE移出了自己的服务范围,此时UE AMF1需要将对应UE的上下文迁移到UE AMF 2。It should also be noted that step S9140 may be triggered by steps S990 and S9120, that is, after UE AMF 1 receives the configuration update message 3 in step S990, it recognizes that donor gNB 1 no longer provides services for the VMR corresponding to the S-TAI. According to the identification information of donor gNB2 contained in the response message in step 9120, UE AMF1 determines that donor gNB2 will provide services for VMR at this time. Since UE AMF 1 and donor gNB2 cannot be connected (perhaps due to load balancing considerations), donor gNB2 selects the target UE AMF, that is, UE AMF 2, to provide services for UE. Subsequently, since UE AMF1 deduces that the UE corresponding to the S-TAI has moved out of its service range, UE AMF1 needs to migrate the context of the corresponding UE to UE AMF 2.
S9150,UE AMF 2请求SMF更新对应的SM上下文。S9150, the UE AMF 2 requests the SMF to update the corresponding SM context.
例如,UE AMF 2根据S9140中的上下文信息中的PDU会话标识和SMF信息,分别向对应的SMF网元请求更新PDU会话的SM上下文,SMF将UE AMF 1更换为UE AMF2。For example, UE AMF 2 requests the corresponding SMF network element to update the SM context of the PDU session according to the PDU session identifier and SMF information in the context information in S9140, and the SMF replaces UE AMF 1 with UE AMF2.
S9160,UE AMF 2为UE分配5G-GUTI,发起5G-GUTI更新流程,并且注册到UDM。S9160, UE AMF 2 allocates 5G-GUTI for UE, initiates 5G-GUTI update process, and registers to UDM.
在本申请实施例的技术方案中,当VMR从donor gNB1切换至donor gNB2时,与donor gNB2相连接的AMF(UE AMF2、VMR AMF2)向UDR注册donor gNB2和S-TAI的关联关系,然而与donor gNB1相连接的VMR AMF1请求UDR删除保存的donor gNB1和S-TAI的关联关系,随后donor gNB1相连接的UE AMF1会从UDR中获知与S-TAI关联的是donor gNB2。通过这一技术方案,能够使得网络侧能够及时获知与VMR的S-TAI相关联的网络设备已经更改为donor gNB2,进而当网络侧需要寻呼VMR和/或VMR服务的UE时,能够准确定位到与VMR相关联的donor gNB2,不会出现网络侧寻呼VMR和/或VMR服务的UE时,网络侧指示其他网络设备(例如donor gNB1)发送寻呼消息的情况,从而能够使得网络侧更准确地对UE进行移动性管理,以及避免造成资源的浪费。In the technical solution of the embodiment of this application, when the VMR switches from donor gNB1 to donor gNB2, the AMF (UE AMF2, VMR AMF2) connected to donor gNB2 registers the association relationship between donor gNB2 and S-TAI with UDR, but the VMR AMF1 connected to donor gNB1 requests UDR to delete the saved relationship between donor gNB1 and S-TAI Then the UE AMF1 connected to donor gNB1 will learn from UDR that the donor gNB2 is associated with S-TAI. Through this technical solution, the network side can be informed in a timely manner that the network device associated with the S-TAI of the VMR has been changed to donor gNB2, and then when the network side needs to page the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR, it can accurately locate the donor gNB2 associated with the VMR, and there will be no situation where the network side instructs other network devices (such as donor gNB1) to send paging messages when the network side pages the VMR and/or the UE served by the VMR. The side performs mobility management on the UE more accurately, and avoids waste of resources.
本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。The various embodiments described herein may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions all fall within the protection scope of the present application.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,由各个设备或网元实现的方法和操作,也可 以由对应设备或网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the foregoing method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by each device or network element may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of the corresponding device or network element.
上述主要从各个交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspectives of various interactions. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function in order to realize the above functions. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发送端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以使用硬件的形式实现,也可以使用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以使用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiment of the present application can divide the function modules of the sending end device or the receiving end device according to the above method example, for example, each function module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. In the following, the description will be made by taking the division of each functional module corresponding to each function as an example.
应理解,本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非限制本申请实施例的范围。It should be understood that the specific examples in the embodiments of the present application are only for helping those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, rather than limiting the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
以上,结合图5至图9详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图10至图13详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIG. 5 to FIG. 9 . Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 . It should be understood that the descriptions of the device embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the method embodiments. Therefore, for details that are not described in detail, reference may be made to the method embodiments above. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
图10示出了本申请实施例的接入和移动性管理功能网元1000的示意性框图。应理解,该接入和移动性管理功能网元1000,包括接收单元1010、处理单元1020和发送单元1030。Fig. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an access and mobility management functional network element 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the access and mobility management functional network element 1000 includes a receiving unit 1010 , a processing unit 1020 and a sending unit 1030 .
该接收单元1010,用于从第一网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该处理单元1020,用于保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系;在第二网络设备服务于该第一设备的情况下,该处理单元1020删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。The receiving unit 1010 is configured to receive the tracking area information of the first device from the first network device; the processing unit 1020 is configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device; when the second network device serves the first device, the processing unit 1020 deletes the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship of the first network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元连接该第一网络设备和该第二网络设备,该接收单元1010还用于:从第二网络设备接收该第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该处理单元1020还用于:保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the access and mobility management functional network element is connected to the first network device and the second network device, and the receiving unit 1010 is further configured to: receive the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device; the processing unit 1020 is further configured to: store the tracking area information of the first device and an association relationship between the second network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元1020具体用于:根据从第二网络设备接收的该第一设备的跟踪区域信息,删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该接收单元1010还用于:从该第一网络设备接收第一指示信息;该处理单元1020具体用于:根据该第一指示信息删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 1010 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the first network device; the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动性管理功能网元连接该第一网络设备,该接 入和移动性管理功能网元还包括:发送单元1030,用于向统一数据库网元发送第一注册信息,该第一注册信息用于向该统一数据库网元注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the access and mobility management function network element is connected to the first network device, and the access and mobility management function network element further includes: a sending unit 1030, configured to send first registration information to a unified database network element, where the first registration information is used to register with the unified database network element the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该发送单元1030还用于:向该统一数据库网元发送第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求该统一数据库网元删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit 1030 is further configured to: send first request information to the unified database network element, where the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该发送单元1030还用于:向该统一数据库网元发送第一查询信息,该第一查询信息用于向该统一数据库网元查询该第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;该接收单元还用于:接收该统一数据库网元发送的第一响应信息,该第一响应信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit 1030 is further configured to: send first query information to the unified database network element, where the first query information is used to query the unified database network element for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the receiving unit is also configured to: receive first response information sent by the unified database network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
图11示出了本申请实施例的接入和移动性管理功能网元1100的示意性框图。应理解,该接入和移动性管理功能网元1100,包括接收单元1110、处理单元1120、发送单元1130。Fig. 11 shows a schematic block diagram of an access and mobility management functional network element 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the access and mobility management functional network element 1100 includes a receiving unit 1110 , a processing unit 1120 , and a sending unit 1130 .
该接收单元1110,用于从第二网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该处理单元1120,用于保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系;该发送单元1130,用于向统一数据库网元发送第二注册信息,该第二注册信息用于向该统一数据库网元注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系。The receiving unit 1110 is configured to receive the tracking area information of the first device from the second network device; the processing unit 1120 is configured to store the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device; the sending unit 1130 is configured to send second registration information to a unified database network element, and the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device with the unified database network element.
图12示出了本申请实施例的网络设备1200的示意性框图。应理解,该网络设备1200,包括接收单元1210、发送单元1220。Fig. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of a network device 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the network device 1200 includes a receiving unit 1210 and a sending unit 1220 .
该接收单元1210,用于从第一设备获得该第一设备的跟踪区域信息;该发送单元1220,用于向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送该第一设备的跟踪区域信息。The receiving unit 1210 is configured to obtain the tracking area information of the first device from the first device; the sending unit 1220 is configured to send the tracking area information of the first device to a connected access and mobility management functional network element.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该发送单元1220还用于:向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit 1220 is further configured to: send first indication information to the connected access and mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device.
图13示出了本申请实施例的统一数据库网元1300的示意性框图。应理解,该统一数据库网元1300,包括接收单元1310、处理单元1320、发送单元1330。Fig. 13 shows a schematic block diagram of a unified database network element 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the unified database network element 1300 includes a receiving unit 1310 , a processing unit 1320 , and a sending unit 1330 .
该接收单元1310,用于从第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第二注册信息,该第二注册信息用于注册该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系;该处理单元1320,用于根据该第二注册信息保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第二网络设备的关联关系。该接收单元1310还用于,从第二接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一查询信息,该第一查询信息用于查询该第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;发送单元1330,用于向该第二接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一响应信息,该第一响应信息包括该第二网络设备的标识信息。The receiving unit 1310 is configured to receive second registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device; the processing unit 1320 is configured to save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device according to the second registration information. The receiving unit 1310 is further configured to receive first query information from the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device; the sending unit 1330 is configured to send first response information to the second access and mobility management function network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该接收单元1310还用于:该统一数据库网元从该第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一注册信息,该第一注册信息用于注册第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系;该处理单元1320还用于:根据该第一注册信息保存该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 1310 is further configured to: the unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device; the processing unit 1320 is further configured to: save the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the first registration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该接收单元1310还用于:接收从该第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求删除该第一设备的跟踪区域信息和该第一网络设备的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 1310 is further configured to: receive first request information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the first request information is used to request deletion of the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
应理解以上通信装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且通信装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在通信装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由通信装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该模块的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the above division of units in the communication device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity or physically separated during actual implementation. In addition, the units in the communication device can be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separate processing element, or can be integrated into a certain chip of the communication device, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, and the function of the module can be called and executed by a certain processing element of the communication device. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, or implemented independently. The processing element mentioned here may also be a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the process of implementation, each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一通信装置或网元中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当通信装置或网元中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In one example, the unit in any communication device or network element can be configured to be configured to implement one or more integrated circuits that implement the above methods, such as: one or more specific integrated circuits (Application SPECIFICIFIC Integrated Circuit, ASIC), or one or more microprocessors (Digital Singna) l Processor, DSP), or one or more on -site programming door array (FPGA), or at least two combinations of these integrated circuits. For another example, when the unit in the communication device or network element can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
参考图14,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图,用于实现以上实施例中接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元的操作。如图14所示,该通信装置包括:处理器1410和接口1430,处理器1410与接口1430耦合。接口1430用于实现与其他设备进行通信。接口1430可以为收发器或输入输出接口。接口1430例如可以是接口电路。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器1420,用于存储处理器1410执行的指令或存储处理器1410运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1410运行指令后产生的数据。Referring to FIG. 14 , it is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is used to realize the operation of the access and mobility management function network element, network equipment, and unified database network element in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 14 , the communication device includes: a processor 1410 and an interface 1430 , and the processor 1410 is coupled to the interface 1430 . The interface 1430 is used to communicate with other devices. Interface 1430 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Interface 1430 may be, for example, an interface circuit. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory 1420 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1410 or storing input data required by the processor 1410 to execute the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1410 executes the instructions.
以上实施例中接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元执行的方法可以通过处理器1410调用存储器(可以是接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元中的存储器1220,也可以是外部存储器)中存储的程序来实现。即,接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元可以包括处理器1410,该处理器1410通过调用存储器中的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元执行的方法。这里的处理器可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路,例如CPU。接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元可以通过配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路来实现。例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。或者,可以结合以上实现方式。The method performed by the access and mobility management function network element, the network device, and the unified database network element in the above embodiments may be implemented by the processor 1410 calling a program stored in a memory (which may be the memory 1220 in the access and mobility management function network element, network device, and unified database network element, or may be an external memory). That is, the access and mobility management function network element, network device, and unified database network element may include a processor 1410, and the processor 1410 executes the method performed by the access and mobility management function network element, network device, and unified database network element in the above method embodiments by calling a program in the memory. The processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities, such as a CPU. Access and mobility management functional network elements, network devices, and unified database network elements can be realized by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or one or more microprocessors DSP, or one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementation manners may be combined.
具体的,图10至图13中各单元的功能/实现过程可以通过图14所示的通信装置1400中的处理器1410调用存储器1420中存储的计算机可执行指令来实现。或者,图10至图13中的处理单元的功能/实现过程可以通过图14所示的通信装置1400中的处理器1410调用存储器1420中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图10至图13中的接收单元或发送单元的功能/实现过程可以通过图14中所示的通信装置1400中的接口1430来实现。Specifically, the functions/implementation process of each unit in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 can be implemented by calling the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 1420 by the processor 1410 in the communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 14 . Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing unit in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 can be realized by the processor 1410 in the communication device 1400 shown in FIG.
应理解,上述装置中处理单元包括处理器,处理器与存储器耦合,存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令或者和/或数据,处理器用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令和/或者数据,使得上文方法实施例中的方法被执行。It should be understood that the processing unit in the above device includes a processor, the processor is coupled with the memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory, so that the methods in the above method embodiments are executed.
还应理解,以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。这里该处理元件又可以称为处理器,可以是一种具有信号处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should also be understood that the division of units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity or physically separated during actual implementation. And the units in the device can all be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit may be an independently established processing element, or may be integrated into a certain chip of the device. In addition, it may also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, and the function of the unit may be invoked and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Here, the processing element may also be referred to as a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the process of implementation, each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括:上述接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the above-mentioned access and mobility management function network element, network equipment, and unified database network element.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法中本申请实施例的通信方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),本申请实施例对此不做限制。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program codes, where the computer program includes instructions for executing the communication method in the embodiment of the present application among the above methods. The readable medium may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,以使得接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元执行对应于上述方法的接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备、统一数据库网元的操作。The present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the access and mobility management function network element, the network device, and the unified database network element perform operations corresponding to the access and mobility management function network element, the network device, and the unified database network element.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,该处理单元,例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一种通信方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip. The system chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. The processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication device executes any communication method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM等。其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述的反馈信息的传输方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦,分别设置在不同的物理设备上,通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能,以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中的各种功能。或者,该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, RAM, etc. Wherein, the processor mentioned in any one of the above places may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for program execution for controlling the transmission method of the above feedback information. The processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively arranged on different physical devices, and connected by wire or wirelessly to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to realize various functions in the above-mentioned embodiments. Alternatively, the processing unit and the memory can also be coupled to the same device.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是ROM、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是RAM,其用作外部高速缓存。RAM有多种不同的类型,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存 储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Wherein, the non-volatile memory may be ROM, programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be RAM, which acts as external cache memory. There are many different types of RAM, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or the part that contributes to the prior art or a part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific embodiment of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone skilled in the art within the scope of the technology disclosed in this application can easily think of changes or replacements, which should be covered within the scope of protection of the application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    接入和移动性管理功能网元从第一网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;The access and mobility management function network element receives the tracking area information of the first device from the first network device;
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系;The access and mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device;
    在第二网络设备服务于所述第一设备的情况下,所述接入和移动性管理功能网元删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。When the second network device serves the first device, the access and mobility management function network element deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动性管理功能网元连接所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the access and mobility management function network element connects the first network device and the second network device, and the method further comprises:
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元从第二网络设备接收所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息;receiving, by the access and mobility management functional network element, tracking area information of the first device from a second network device;
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系。The access and mobility management function network element saves the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动性管理功能网元删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the access and mobility management functional network element deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device, comprising:
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元响应于从第二网络设备接收的所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息,删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The access and mobility management function network element deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device in response to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元从所述第一网络设备接收第一指示信息;The access and mobility management functional network element receives first indication information from the first network device;
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系,包括:The access and mobility management functional network element deleting the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device includes:
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元根据所述第一指示信息删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The access and mobility management functional network element deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括所述第二网络设备的标识信息。The method according to claim 4, wherein the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动性管理功能网元连接所述第一网络设备,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the access and mobility management functional network element is connected to the first network device, and the method further comprises:
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元向统一数据库网元发送第一注册信息,所述第一注册信息用于向所述统一数据库网元注册所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The access and mobility management function network element sends first registration information to the unified database network element, and the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device with the unified database network element.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, further comprising:
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元向所述统一数据库网元发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述统一数据库网元删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The access and mobility management function network element sends first request information to the unified database network element, and the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元向所述统一数据库网元发送第一查询信息,所述第一查询信息用于向所述统一数据库网元查询所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;The access and mobility management function network element sends first query information to the unified database network element, and the first query information is used to query the unified database network element for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device;
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元接收所述统一数据库网元发送的第一响应信息,所述 第一响应信息包括所述第二网络设备的标识信息。The access and mobility management function network element receives the first response information sent by the unified database network element, where the first response information includes the identification information of the second network device.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    网络设备从第一设备获得所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息;The network device obtains tracking area information of the first device from the first device;
    所述网络设备向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息。The network device sends the tracking area information of the first device to the connected access and mobility management functional network element.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述网络设备的关联关系。The network device sends first indication information to the connected access and mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device.
  11. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    统一数据库网元从第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第二注册信息,所述第二注册信息用于注册所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第二网络设备的关联关系;The unified database network element receives second registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the second registration information is used to register an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device;
    所述统一数据库网元根据所述第二注册信息保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第二网络设备的关联关系。The unified database network element saves the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device according to the second registration information.
    所述统一数据库网元从第二接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一查询信息,所述第一查询信息用于查询所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;The unified database network element receives first query information from a second access and mobility management function network element, and the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device;
    所述统一数据库网元向所述第二接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一响应信息,所述第一响应信息包括所述第二网络设备的标识信息。The unified database network element sends first response information to the second access and mobility management functional network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述统一数据库网元从所述第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一注册信息,所述第一注册信息用于注册第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系;The unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management function network element, and the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device;
    根据所述第一注册信息保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device is stored according to the first registration information.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述统一数据库网元接收从所述第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The unified database network element receives first request information from the first access and mobility management function network element, where the first request information is used to request to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that the first device comprises a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  15. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随所述第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  16. 一种接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,包括:An access and mobility management function network element, characterized in that it includes:
    接收单元,用于从第一网络设备接收第一设备的跟踪区域信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive tracking area information of the first device from the first network device;
    处理单元,用于保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系;a processing unit, configured to store the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device;
    在第二网络设备服务于所述第一设备的情况下,所述处理单元删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。In a case where the second network device serves the first device, the processing unit deletes the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,所述接入和移动性管理功能网元连接所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备,The access and mobility management functional network element according to claim 16, wherein the access and mobility management functional network element is connected to the first network device and the second network device,
    所述接收单元还用于:从第二网络设备接收所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息;The receiving unit is further configured to: receive tracking area information of the first device from a second network device;
    所述处理单元还用于:保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第二网络设备的关联关系。The processing unit is further configured to: store the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于:The access and mobility management function network element according to claim 17, wherein the processing unit is specifically used for:
    响应于从第二网络设备接收的所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息,删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。In response to the tracking area information of the first device received from the second network device, delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  19. 根据权利要求16或17所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,The access and mobility management function network element according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,
    所述接收单元还用于:从所述第一网络设备接收第一指示信息;The receiving unit is further configured to: receive first indication information from the first network device;
    所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述第一指示信息删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The processing unit is specifically configured to: delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device according to the first indication information.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括所述第二网络设备的标识信息。The access and mobility management functional network element according to claim 19, wherein the first indication information includes identification information of the second network device.
  21. 根据权利要求16所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,所述接入和移动性管理功能网元连接所述第一网络设备,所述接入和移动性管理功能网元还包括:The access and mobility management function network element according to claim 16, wherein the access and mobility management function network element is connected to the first network device, and the access and mobility management function network element further includes:
    发送单元,用于向统一数据库网元发送第一注册信息,所述第一注册信息用于向所述统一数据库网元注册所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。A sending unit, configured to send first registration information to a unified database network element, where the first registration information is used to register an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device with the unified database network element.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,The access and mobility management function network element according to claim 21, characterized in that,
    所述发送单元还用于:向所述统一数据库网元发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述统一数据库网元删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The sending unit is further configured to: send first request information to the unified database network element, where the first request information is used to request the unified database network element to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其特征在于,The access and mobility management function network element according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that,
    所述发送单元还用于:向所述统一数据库网元发送第一查询信息,所述第一查询信息用于向所述统一数据库网元查询所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;The sending unit is further configured to: send first query information to the unified database network element, where the first query information is used to query the unified database network element for a network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device;
    所述接收单元还用于:接收所述统一数据库网元发送的第一响应信息,所述第一响应信息包括所述第二网络设备的标识信息。The receiving unit is further configured to: receive first response information sent by the unified database network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  24. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized in that it includes:
    接收单元,用于从第一设备获得所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息;a receiving unit, configured to obtain tracking area information of the first device from the first device;
    发送单元,用于向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息。A sending unit, configured to send the tracking area information of the first device to a connected access and mobility management functional network element.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to claim 24, characterized in that,
    所述发送单元还用于:向连接的接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述网络设备的关联关系。The sending unit is further configured to: send first instruction information to the connected access and mobility management functional network element, where the first instruction information is used to instruct to delete the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the network device.
  26. 一种统一数据库网元,其特征在于,包括:A unified database network element, characterized in that it includes:
    接收单元,用于从第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第二注册信息,所述第二注册信息用于注册所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第二网络设备的关联关系;A receiving unit, configured to receive second registration information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the second registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the second network device;
    处理单元,用于根据所述第二注册信息保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第二网络设备的关联关系。A processing unit, configured to save an association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the second network device according to the second registration information.
    所述接收单元还用于,从第二接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一查询信息,所述第一查询信息用于查询所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息关联的网络设备;The receiving unit is further configured to receive first query information from a second access and mobility management functional network element, where the first query information is used to query the network device associated with the tracking area information of the first device;
    发送单元,用于向所述第二接入和移动性管理功能网元发送第一响应信息,所述第一响应信息包括所述第二网络设备的标识信息。A sending unit, configured to send first response information to the second access and mobility management functional network element, where the first response information includes identification information of the second network device.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的统一数据库网元,其特征在于,The unified database network element according to claim 26, characterized in that,
    所述接收单元还用于:所述统一数据库网元从所述第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一注册信息,所述第一注册信息用于注册第一设备的跟踪区域信息和第一网络设备的关联关系;The receiving unit is further configured to: the unified database network element receives first registration information from the first access and mobility management function network element, and the first registration information is used to register the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device;
    所述处理单元还用于:根据所述第一注册信息保存所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The processing unit is further configured to: store the tracking area information of the first device and the association relationship between the first network device according to the first registration information.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的统一数据库网元,其特征在于,The unified database network element according to claim 27, characterized in that,
    所述接收单元还用于:接收从所述第一接入和移动性管理功能网元接收第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求删除所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息和所述第一网络设备的关联关系。The receiving unit is further configured to: receive first request information from the first access and mobility management functional network element, where the first request information is used to request deletion of the association relationship between the tracking area information of the first device and the first network device.
  29. 根据权利要求16至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一设备包括车载中继设备VMR。The apparatus according to any one of claims 16 to 28, wherein the first device comprises a vehicle-mounted relay device VMR.
  30. 根据权利要求16至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一设备的跟踪区域信息不随所述第一设备的接入位置变化而变化。The apparatus according to any one of claims 16 to 28, wherein the tracking area information of the first device does not change as the access location of the first device changes.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括接入和移动性管理功能网元、网络设备以及统一数据库网元,A communication device, characterized in that it includes an access and mobility management function network element, a network device, and a unified database network element,
    所述接入和移动性管理功能网元用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法;或者,The access and mobility management functional network element is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8; or,
    所述网络设备用于执行如权利要求9或10中所述的方法;或者,The network device is configured to perform the method as claimed in claim 9 or 10; or,
    所述统一数据库网元用于执行如权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法。The unified database network element is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 11-15.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机存储介质存储有程序指令,当所述指令被执行时,使得接入和移动性管理功能网元可以执行如权利要求1至8中任一项权利要求所述的方法;或者,A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores program instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the access and mobility management functional network element can execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8; or,
    当所述指令被执行时,使得网络设备可以执行如权利要求9或10所述的方法;或者,When the instruction is executed, the network device can execute the method according to claim 9 or 10; or,
    当所述指令被执行时,使得统一数据库网元可以执行如权利要求11至15中任一项权利要求所述的方法。When the instructions are executed, the unified database network element can execute the method according to any one of claims 11-15.
PCT/CN2023/071715 2022-01-19 2023-01-10 Communication method, apparatus, and system WO2023138452A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210057946.6 2022-01-19
CN202210057946.6A CN116506826A (en) 2022-01-19 2022-01-19 Communication method, device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023138452A1 true WO2023138452A1 (en) 2023-07-27

Family

ID=87327175

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/071715 WO2023138452A1 (en) 2022-01-19 2023-01-10 Communication method, apparatus, and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116506826A (en)
WO (1) WO2023138452A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101621783A (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-06 华为技术有限公司 Method and system for avoiding redundant position update, user equipment and network
CN103220656A (en) * 2012-01-18 2013-07-24 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 TA information acquiring and switching method of mobile RN and user location updating and paging method
US20130344890A1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2013-12-26 Lg Electronics Inc. The Method and Apparatus for Updating Tracking Area in Wireless Communication System Including Mobile Relay Node
WO2021121406A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Tau method and device based on mobile iab node

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101621783A (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-06 华为技术有限公司 Method and system for avoiding redundant position update, user equipment and network
US20130344890A1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2013-12-26 Lg Electronics Inc. The Method and Apparatus for Updating Tracking Area in Wireless Communication System Including Mobile Relay Node
CN103220656A (en) * 2012-01-18 2013-07-24 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 TA information acquiring and switching method of mobile RN and user location updating and paging method
WO2021121406A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Tau method and device based on mobile iab node

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
THALES, TNO: "Key issue on Mobility management with large satellite access coverage areas", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-188488 WAS S2-188406 WAS S2-188333 FS_5GSAT_ARCH_ MM WITH LARGE SATELITE COVERAGE AREAS, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Sophia Antipolis, France; 20180820 - 20180824, 26 August 2018 (2018-08-26), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051502981 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116506826A (en) 2023-07-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3611904B1 (en) Data session management
US20190313295A1 (en) Method for supporting handover and corresponding base station and network node
CN113545098B (en) Method and device for transmitting multicast service
WO2019242724A1 (en) Communication method, and paging method, device and system
WO2021196185A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2020001226A1 (en) Redirection method, communication system, and communication device
US20230164640A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022206775A1 (en) Transmission handover method and apparatus for multicast and broadcast service
US20240172084A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20230086410A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20220217569A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling service flow transmission, and system
US20230047783A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2018170746A1 (en) Communication method, secondary network node and terminal
US20230388756A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus for multicast/broadcast service
WO2023131158A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2022253137A1 (en) Service accessing method and apparatus, and system
WO2022253004A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023138452A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2023131157A1 (en) Switching method, device and system
AU2021308253B2 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023016251A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20240155325A1 (en) Information obtaining method and apparatus, and system
WO2023207958A1 (en) Policy transmission method, and communication apparatus and system
WO2024001631A1 (en) Network access method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23742767

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE